Christian Churches of God

[122]

La Distribution Générale des Églises observant le Sabbat

(Édition 3.0 19950624-19991205-20100111)
Cette étude importante retrace les Églises observant le Sabbat à partir du premier siècle au Moyen-Orient, en Europe et partout en Asie. Couvrant un laps de temps d'environ deux millénaires, elle constitue un rapport compréhensif non seulement des Églises, mais aussi des efforts faits par le système qui prône l’observance du dimanche afin de les anéantir par la persécution.
Christian Churches of God
PO Box 369, WODEN ACT 2606, AUSTRALIA

(Copyright © 1995 1998, 1999, 2010 Wade Cox)
(Tr. 2003, 2007, rév. 2013)

This paper may be freely copied and distributed provided it is copied in total with no alterations or deletions. The publisher’s name and address and the copyright notice must be included.  No charge may be levied on recipients of distributed copies.  Brief quotations may be embodied in critical articles and reviews without breaching copyright.

This paper is available from the World Wide Web page:
http://www.logon.org and http://www.ccg.org

La Distribution Générale des Églises observant le Sabbat

La Conjoncture

À partir d’un examen de l’histoire des Églises observant le Sabbat, nous sommes capables de tirer quelques conclusions importantes à leur sujet et aussi de retracer un système d’observance qui démontre que le modèle biblique, tel qu’établi par Christ, n’a jamais cessé. Il existe un certain nombre d’exemples significatifs, qui démontrent une histoire séquentielle des Églises observant le Sabbat partout dans le premier monde Chrétien et en Europe, avant et pendant le Moyen Âge. Celles-ci continuent pendant et au-delà de la Réformation. Les Églises observant le Sabbat, aussi nommées Sabbatati, ont existé à une étape ou une autre sur la plus grande partie de la planète. Du début, ces Églises semblent aussi avoir, essentiellement, observé les Jours Saints.

L’observance du Sabbat était répandue et semble avoir été opposée de Rome. Il était observé en Égypte, comme le montre le Papyrus Oxyrhynchus (c. 200-250 EC (Ère Courante)) :

À moins que vous ne fassiez du Sabbat un vrai Sabbat [Gr. sabbatisiez le Sabbat], vous ne verrez pas le Père (The Oxyrhynchus Papyri, Pt. 1, p. 3, Logion 2, verso 4-11, London: Offices of the Egyptian Exploration Fund, 1898).

Origen a aussi recommandé l’observance du Sabbat :

Après la fête du sacrifice incessant [la crucifixion] vient la deuxième fête du Sabbat et il est pertinent pour quiconque est juste parmi les saints d’observer aussi le festival du Sabbat. Il reste donc un sabbatismus, c’est-à-dire une observance du Sabbat, aux gens de Dieu [Hébreux 4:9] (Homily on Numbers 23, para. 4, in Migne, Patrologia Græca, Vol. 12, cols. 749, 750).

De la même façon, la Constitution des Saints Apôtres (Ante-Nicene Fathers, Vol. 7, p. 413; c. le 3ème siècle) déclare :

Vous observerez le Sabbat, à cause de Celui qui a cessé Son travail de création, mais n’a pas cessé Son travail de providence : c’est un repos pour la méditation de la loi, pas pour l’oisiveté des mains.

L’observance du Sabbat, la position originale de l’Église, s’est répandue à l’Ouest en Europe et, de la Palestine, elle s’est répandue à l’Est en Inde (Mingana Early Spread of Christianity, Vol. 10, p. 460) et, par la suite, en Chine. L’introduction de l’observance du Sabbat en Inde a causé une controverse dans le Bouddhisme en 220 EC (ère courante). Selon Lloyd (The Creed of Half Japan, p. 23), la Dynastie Kushan du Nord de l’Inde a convoqué un concile de prêtres Bouddhistes à Vaisalia, pour apporter l’uniformité parmi les moines Bouddhistes sur l’observance de leur Sabbat hebdomadaire. Certains avaient été si impressionnés par les écrits de l’Ancien Testament qu’ils avaient commencé à observer le Sabbat.

Les Sabbatati d’Europe n’étaient pas une force insignifiante. L’Église, établie à Milan, a observé le Sabbat.

C’était généralement la pratique des Églises d’Orient; et quelques églises de l’Ouest… Car dans l’Église de Millaine [Milan]; … il semble que le samedi a été hautement estimé … Pas que les Églises de l’Est ou toute autre de celles qui ont observé ce jour n’aient été inclinés au Judaïsme; mais ils se sont réunis ensemble le jour du Sabbat pour adorer Iesus [Jésus] Christ, le Seigneur du Sabbat (Dr. Peter Heylyn History of the Sabbath, Londres 1636, Partie 2, para. 5, pp. 73-74).

Les Églises occidentales, sous les Goths, avaient prétendument commencé à négliger le Sabbat, à cause de l’influence de Rome, bien que les Goths eux-mêmes n’étaient pas des Catholiques, mais plutôt des Subordinationistes ou des soi-disant Ariens. Sidonius dit que, sous Theodoric, en 454-526

C’est un fait que c’était autrefois la tradition à l’Est d’observer le Sabbat comme le jour du Seigneur et de tenir des assemblées sacrées : tandis que, d’autre part, les gens de l’Ouest, en se disputant au sujet du jour du Seigneur, ont négligé la célébration du Sabbat (Apollinaris Sidonii Epistolæ, lib. 1,2; Migne, 57).

Cependant, les Goths de l’Ouest, qui se sont déplacés en Gaule du Sud et en Espagne, étaient adoptionistes et ils ont été appelés Bonosiens, prétendument de Bonosus de Sardica, qui enseignait que Joseph et Marie avaient eu des enfants. Il a été classifié avec Marcellus et Photius, indiquant ainsi qu’ils étaient du même avis quant au Sabbat et à la loi.

Cela semble être supporté aussi par le fait que Marseille était le quartier général des prédestinationistes occidentaux (Massiliens), qui ont débuté là et qui ont été finalement condamnés comme Pélagianistes (probablement faussement) à Orange en 529 (ERESects, Vol. XI, p. 319).

À partir du canon 26 du Concile d’Elvira (c. 305), il apparaît que l’Église en Espagne avait observé le Sabbat. Rome avait introduit la pratique de jeûner le jour du Sabbat pour neutraliser l’observance du Sabbat. Le Pape Sylvester (314-335) a été le premier à ordonner aux Églises de jeûner le jour du Sabbat et le Pape Innocent (402-417) en a fait une loi obligatoire dans les Églises qui lui ont obéi.

Innocentius a ordonné de toujours jeûner le samedi ou le jour du Sabbat (Peter Heylyn History of the Sabbath, Partie 2, Ch. 2, London, 1636, p. 44).

Le canon 26 du Concile d’Elvira maintenait que

Pour ce qui est de jeûner à chaque Sabbat : Il est résolu que l’erreur de jeûner à chaque Sabbat soit corrigée.

La ville de Sabadell dans le Nord-Est de l’Espagne près de Barcelone tire son nom des Sabbatati ou Valdenses (ou Vallenses). L’âge du nom et l’antiquité des termes Sabbatati et Insabatati, atténuent le cas que Valdes aurait fondé les Vallenses; leurs distributions montrent plutôt qu’il a été converti par eux et qu’il a pris son nom d’eux, comme nous le verrons.

Les Églises observant le Sabbat en Perse ont subi quarante ans de persécution sous Shapur II, de 335 à 375 spécifiquement, parce qu’ils observaient le Sabbat.

Ils méprisent notre dieu-soleil. Zoroaster, le saint fondateur de nos croyances divines, n’a-t-il pas institué le dimanche il y a mille ans en honneur du soleil et remplacé le Sabbat de l’Ancien Testament? Pourtant, ces Chrétiens ont des services religieux le samedi (O’Leary The Syriac Church and Fathers, pp. 83-84, citation de Truth Triumphant p. 170).

Cette persécution a été reflétée à l’Ouest par le Concile de Laodicée (c. 366). Héfèle note que:

Canon 16 – les Évangiles avec d’autres Écritures sont lus le jour du Sabbat (cf. aussi les canons 49 et 51, Bacchiocchi, remarque 15, p. 217).

Canon 29 – les Chrétiens ne doivent pas Judaïser en se reposant le jour du sabbat mais doivent travailler ce jour-là honorant plutôt le jour du Seigneur en se reposant, si possible, comme des Chrétiens. Cependant, si quelqu’un est découvert à judaïser, qu’il soit anathème pour Christ (Mansi, II, pp. 569-570, voir aussi Héfèle Councils, Vol. 2, b. 6).

L’Historien Socrate dit:

Car bien que presque toutes les Églises dans le monde entier célèbrent les mystères sacrés [assumés par les Catholiques comme étant l’Eucharistie ou le soi-disant Dîner du Seigneur] à chaque Sabbat hebdomadaire, les Chrétiens d’Alexandrie et de Rome, à cause d’une certaine tradition ancienne, refusent cependant de le faire (Socrates, Ecclesiastical History, Livre 5, Ch. 22, p. 289).

Le Sabbat a été observé au cinquième siècle par le Christianisme (Lyman Coleman Ancient Christianity Exemplified, Ch. 26, Section 2, p. 527). Certainement, comme à l’époque de Jérôme (420), les Chrétiens les plus pieux ont travaillé le dimanche (Dr. White, évêque d’Ély, Treatise of the Sabbath Day, p. 219).

Augustin de Hippo, un homme de stricte observance du  dimanche, a certifié que le Sabbat a été observé dans la plus grande partie du monde Chrétien (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers (NPNF), la Première Série, Vol. 1, pp. 353-354) et a déploré le fait que dans deux Églises voisines en Afrique, une observait le Sabbat du septième jour, tandis que l’autre jeûnait ce jour-là (Peter Heylyn, op. cit., p. 416).

Les Églises ont généralement observé le Sabbat pour quelques temps.

Les anciens Chrétiens étaient très prudents dans l’observance du samedi ou du septième jour… Il est clair que toutes les églises Orientales et la plus grande partie du monde, ont observé le Sabbat comme une fête… Athanasius nous dit également qu’ils ont eu des assemblées religieuses le jour du Sabbat, pas parce qu’ils étaient infectés par le Judaïsme, mais pour adorer Jésus, le Seigneur du Sabbat. Epiphanius dit la même chose (Antiquities of the Christian Church, Vol. II, Livre xx, Ch. 3, Section 1, 66. 1137,1136).

À la dernière moitié du quatrième siècle, l’évêque de l’Église Abyssinienne, qui observait le Sabbat, Museus, a visité la Chine. Ambrose de Milan a déclaré que Museus avait voyagé presque partout dans le pays des Seres (la Chine) (Ambrose, De Moribus, Brachman-orium Opéra Omnia, 1132, trouvé dans Migne, Patriologia Latina, Vol. 17, pp. 1131-1132). Mingana soutient que l’Abyssinien Museus a voyagé en Arabie, en Perse, en Inde et en Chine en 370 (voir aussi la remarque 27 à Truth Triumphant, p. 308).

Les Églises du Sabbat ont été établies en Perse et dans le bassin du Tigre-Euphrate. Ils ont observé le Sabbat et  payé les dîmes à leurs Églises (Realencyclopæie fur Protestantishe und Kirche, art. Nestorianer; voir aussi Yule The Book of Ser Marco Polo, Vol. 2, p. 409). Les Chrétiens de St-Thomas en Inde n’ont jamais été en communion avec Rome.

Ils observaient le Sabbat, comme ceux qui se sont dissociés de Rome après le Concile de Chalcedon, à savoir les Abyssiniens, les Jacobites, les Maronites, les Arméniens et les Kurdes, qui observaient les lois de l’alimentation et niaient la confession et le purgatoire (Schaff-Herzog The New Encyclopædia of Religious Knowledge, art. Nestorians and Nestorianer ci-dessus).

En 781, le célèbre Monument Chinois a été gravé dans le marbre pour raconter la croissance du Christianisme en Chine, à ce moment-là. L’inscription de 763 mots a été déterrée près de la ville de Changan en 1625 et elle est maintenant prétendument dans la Forêt des Tablettes à Changan. L’extrait de la tablette déclare :

Le septième jour, nous offrons des sacrifices, après avoir purifié nos cœurs et reçu l’absolution pour nos péchés. Cette religion, si parfaite et si excellente, est difficile à nommer, mais elle éclaire l’obscurité par ses brillants préceptes  (M. l’Abbé Hue Christianity in China, Vol. 1, Ch. 2, pp. 48-49).

Les Jacobites ont été caractérisés comme des gens observant le Sabbat en 1625 en Inde (Pilgrimmes,  Point 2,  p. 1269).

L’Église Abyssinienne a continué à observer le Sabbat et, en Éthiopie, les Jésuites ont essayé de forcer  les Abyssiniens à accepter le Catholicisme Romain. Le légat Abyssinien à la cour de Lisbonne a nié qu’ils observaient le Sabbat pour imiter les Juifs mais plutôt par obéissance à Christ et aux Apôtres (Geddes Church History of Ethiopia, pp. 87-88). Les Jésuites ont influencé le roi Zadenghel en lui proposant de se soumettre à la Papauté en 1604 et d’interdire l’adoration le jour du Sabbat sous des peines sévères (Geddes, ibid., p. 311 et aussi Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire de Gibbons , Ch. 47).

Le Sabbat en Italie

Apparemment, Ambrose de Milan a observé le Sabbat à Milan et dimanche à Rome, donnant ainsi naissance à l’énonciation quand à Rome fait comme Rome fait (Heylyn, op. cit., 1612). Heylyn identifie l’Église du quatrième siècle à Milan comme le centre de l’observance du Sabbat à l’Ouest (ibid., partie 2, paragraphe 5, pp. 73-74). Il n’est donc pas surprenant que les Sabbatati avaient leur école là, tel qu’enregistré sous les Vallenses à l’époque que Pierre Valdes s’est joint à eux. Le Sabbat avait été observé en Italie pendant des siècles et le Concile de Friaul (c. 791) a parlé contre son observance par les paysans au canon 13.

Nous commandons à tous les Chrétiens d’observer le jour du Seigneur qui doit l’être non en l’honneur du Sabbat passé, mais à cause de cette nuit sainte du  premier jour de la semaine appelé le jour du Seigneur. En parlant de ce Sabbat que les Juifs observent, le dernier jour de la semaine et que nos paysans observent… (Mansi, 13, 851).

Il y avait donc un noyau de tradition d’observance du Sabbat en Europe entre Milan et Lyon, qui est devenu le centre des Pauvres Hommes de Lyon, une branche des Sabbatati ou Insabatati, appelés plus tard les Vaudois. La connexion Milan-Lyon a été facilitée par Pothinus et Irénée (c. 125-203). Tous deux étaient les disciples de Polycarpe, le disciple de Jean, et tous les deux observaient le Sabbat. Irénée est devenu l’évêque de Lyon après le martyr de Pothinus en 177 sous la persécution de Marcus Aurelius. Les Églises à Lyon et à Vienne, faisant rapport de leur persécution en 177 et, probablement, suite à cette persécution, ont plaidé pour la clémence pour les Montanistes Phrygiens (mais ils étaient eux-mêmes prudents dans leurs vues et pas Montanistes (The Catholic Encyclopedia (C.E)., art. Montanists, Vol. X. pp. 522-523)). (Montanus et les prophétesses Maximilla et Prisca ou Priscilla ont prophétisé avec des énonciations extasiées probablement de l’influence du culte de Cybèle en Phrygie. Ils ont été condamnés avec leurs disciples).

Irénée était un Unitaire, tout comme Justin Martyr et tous les Apologistes d’Avant-Nicène. Il a déclaré que l’Église avait une croyance constante, celle-ci étant qu’il n’y a qu’un Créateur du monde, Dieu le Père (ANF, Vol. 1, Against Heresies, Livre II, Ch. IX, p. 369). Il a déclaré que la position de l’Église était que :

La justice parfaite n’était conférée par aucune autre cérémonie légale. Le Décalogue n’a cependant pas été annulé par Christ, mais il est toujours en force : les hommes n’ont jamais été libérés de ses commandements (ANF, Vol. IV, Ch. XVI, p. 480).

Il cite Ézéchiel (Ézéchiel 20:12) et Moïse (Exode 21:13) en faisant référence aux Sabbats comme le signe entre Dieu et Son peuple. Les Sabbats ont été donnés comme  signe, ce qui était aussi symbolique. Les Sabbats enseignent que nous devrions continuer jour après jour dans le service de Dieu. L’homme n’était pas justifié par eux mais ils avaient été donnés comme signe au peuple (ibid., p. 481).

Ignatius, l’évêque d’Antioche à l’époque de Trajan (98-117 EC), argumente contre les tendances à Judaïser dans son territoire. La survie tenace et la vénération des institutions juives, comme le Sabbat, sont explicitement mentionnées par cet auteur (Epistle to the Magnesians, voir aussi Bacchiocchi, p. 213). Il est alors peu concevable qu’une brisure radicale de l’observance du Sabbat avait déjà eu lieu (ibid., p. 214). Il est évident qu’Ignatius combattait les pratiques traditionnelles juives le jour du Sabbat qui était observé par les deux parties.

Justin Martyr, lui-même un Unitaire, introduit le concept d’adoration le dimanche (ANF, Vol. 1, First Apology, LXVII, pp. 185-186) et essaye de convaincre son ami juif Trypho de la justesse de cette pratique (par exemple voir ANF, Vol. 1, Dialogue with Trypho, Ch. XII, p. 200). Bacchiocchi (peut-être l‘autorité sur la transition de  l’adoration du Sabbat au dimanche, From Sabbath to Sunday, Pontifical Gregorian University Press, Rome, 1977) traite de l’échec de Justin de citer un seul exemple pour justifier la pratique. L’argument de Justin présuppose que, dans son temps, l’observance du dimanche était étrangère tant aux Juifs qu’aux Juifs-Chrétiens (p. 156). Les Nazaréens aussi n’ont pas observé le dimanche, comme il est supposé par Épiphane (ibid). Les Nazaréens, dont l’existence au quatrième siècle est certifiée par Jérôme, semblent être les descendants directs de la communauté Chrétienne de Jérusalem qui a émigré à Pella (Bacchiocchi, ibid.).

Le but des Sabbats a été compris par les premiers auteurs comme étant spirituel, tandis que les Juifs l’ont lié au physique et c’est l’essence du débat. L’enlèvement du Sabbat et sa substitution par le dimanche auraient été répugnants.

L’Église à Lyon sous Irénée est intervenue dans la dispute Quartodecimane sur la Pâque (voir Lives of the Saints de Butler, pp. 196-197; et aussi les études sur la Pâque). Il a répandu le premier Christianisme à travers une grande partie de la Gaule et il a donné un coup de grâce aux formes de Gnosticisme qui étaient enracinées là. Lyon, au temps de Pothinus et d’Irénée, était le centre de l’Église en Gaule et le centre de la conversion.

Le compte rendu de la persécution à Lyon et à Vienne a été donné aux frères à Smyrne dans une lettre qui est préservée par Eusebius (Hist. Eccl., V, i-iv). Vienne était dépendante de Lyon et a peut-être été administrée par un diacre (C. E., art. Gaul, Christian, Vol. VI, p. 395).

Les Églises en Gaule semblent avoir été facilitées par la grande concentration de Juifs autour de Marseille et Gênes, pendant la période 100-300 (voir Atlas of Jewish History, de Gilbert, Dorset Press, 1984, la carte 17). Ces communautés étaient évidemment en contact avec les grandes concentrations de Juifs à Éphèse et Smyrne. Le mouvement en remontant le Rhône de Marseille à Lyon, la Métropole et le centre de communication pour le pays entier, est sans doute le résultat de la participation juive dans le commerce. Les demandes de la communauté sont probablement ce qui a incité l’expédition de Pothinus et Irénée à Lyon, par Polycarpe à Smyrne. Il y avait donc une Église qui observait le Sabbat établie à Lyon avant la persécution de Marcus Aurelius en 177. Lyon était le centre des Églises en Gaule quand Irénée était évêque. Les Églises de Gaule ont écrit à Rome au sujet de la controverse Quartodécimane (voir Eusebius Hist. Eccl., V, xxiii) pour appuyer les évêques asiatiques concernant l’introduction des Pâques.

Grégoire de Tours (Historia Francorum, I, xxviii) allègue qu’en l’an 250, Rome a envoyé sept évêques pour établir des Églises en Gaule. Gas ; Trophimus, celle d’Arles ; Paul, celle de Narbonne ; Saturninus, celle de Toulouse ; Denis, celle de Paris ; Stremonius (Austremonius), celle d’Auvergne (Clermont) ; et Martialis, celle de Limoges (voir Lejay C. E., art. Gaul ibid.). Les historiens sérieux mettent en doute ce que Lejay dit. C’est plus probablement un compte rendu d’une intervention romaine dans les affaires de la nation. Indépendamment du motif et des faits, Cyprian fait mention qu’au milieu du troisième siècle, il y avait un certain nombre d’Églises organisées en Gaule. Elles ont peu souffert de la grande persécution. Il apparaît que Constantius Chlorus, le père de Constantin, n’était pas hostile au Christianisme.

C’est probablement à cause de son exposition aux Subordinationistes à Lyon, que Constantin a refusé de devenir un Athanasien (un quasi-Trinitaire, appelé plus tard Catholique) et a, en fait, été baptisé un Unitaire Subordinationiste (ou soi-disant Eusébien ou Arien) avant sa mort (voir C.E., ibid. et aussi articles variés sur Constantin). Le Concile d’Arles note qu’il y avait un certain nombre de diocèses établis à ce moment-là (c. 314) coïncidant avec le Décret de Tolérance (de Milan). Les signataires des évêques, qui sont toujours existants, prouvent les évêchés suivants : Vienne, Marseille, Arles, Orange, Vaison, Apt, Nice, Lyon, Autun, Cologne, Trier, Reims, Rouen, Bordeaux, Gabali et Eauze. Les évêchés de Toulouse, Narbonne, Clermont, Bourges et Paris doivent aussi être admis (voir C. E., ibid., p. 396).

Le Monasticisme n’est pas entré dans les Églises Gauloises avant son introduction par Martin (d. c. 397), qui a fondé Marmoutier près de Tours et Cassian (d. c. 435), qui a fondé deux églises à Marseille (c. 415). En grande partie, le Christianisme a été limité aux villes, parmi les plus instruits et peut-être les groupes influencés par les juifs. Les gens ruraux étaient des païens, à cause des infusions des superstitions Gallo-Celtes et romaines. La conversion des Goths, des Vandales, des Suevi, des Alans etc. à l’Unitarianisme (appelé incorrectement l’Arianisme) à partir du début du quatrième siècle, a mis un terme, pour quelques temps, aux ambitions Trinitaires Romaines et à l’observance du dimanche. L’évêché épiscopal de Gaule est devenu l’objet de l’avidité aristocratique sous l’influence romaine.

Honoratus a fondé un monastère sur l’île de Lérins (Lerinum). De là, les épiscopats ont été repris en charge et les prétendus diplômés orthodoxes de Lérins ont été placés dans plusieurs diocèses. Honoratus, Hilary et Cæsarius ont été placés à Arles; Eucherius à Lyon et ses fils Salonius et Veranius à Genève et à Venise respectivement; Lupus à Troies; Maximus et Faustus à Riez.

Lérins est aussi devenu une école de mysticisme et de théologie et a propagé ses idées religieuses par des travaux utiles sur le dogme, la polémique et l’hagiographie (C.E., op. cit.).

Les écoles monastiques ont donc introduit le mysticisme dans la religion simple de la première église en Gaule. Il y a eu une résistance importante au mysticisme monastique et plusieurs prêtres se sont mariés. C’est la dynastie Mérovingienne, qui a finalement introduit le système romain à la pointe de l’épée.

Jusqu’en 417, quand le Pape Zosimus a nommé Patrocles, évêque d’Arles, son vicaire ou délégué en Gaule, toutes les disputes avaient été référées à Milan où le Concile de Milan a tranché la question (voir C.E., p. 397). Il est ainsi facile de voir la relation de Milan au secteur élargi des Sabbatati ou Vallenses. Les Églises en Gaule étaient en désaccord quant à la nature de Dieu. Les Églises étaient continuellement Subordinationistes.

L’Église de Gaule a traversé trois crises dogmatiques. Ses évêques ont semblé avoir été énormément préoccupés par l’Arianisme; en règle générale, ils se sont accrochés à l’enseignement de Nicée, malgré quelques défections provisoires ou partielles.

C’est peut-être une sous-estimation. Les Sabbatati étaient des Unitaires Subordinationistes, dès la fondation par Pothinus et Irénée, plus d’un siècle avant l’apparition d’Arius. L’observance du Sabbat s’était répandue en Europe. Héfèle dit du Concile de Liftinæ en Belgique en 745 que :

La troisième allocution de ce concile met en garde  contre l’observance du Sabbat en faisant référance au décret de Laodicée (Conciliengeshicte, 3, 512, section, 362).

L’observance du Sabbat existait à Rome sous Grégoire I (590-604). Grégoire a écrit contre la pratique (Ep. 1, Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers (NPNF), Deuxième Série, Vol. XIII, p. 13).

Grégoire, évêque par la grâce de Dieu à ses fils bien-aimés, les citoyens romains : Il est venu à mon attention que certains hommes d’esprit pervers ont disséminé parmi vous des choses dépravées et opposées à la foi Sainte, de sorte qu’ils interdisent de faire quoi que ce soit le jour du Sabbat. Comment devrais-je les appeler sauf les prédicateurs d’Antéchrist (Epistles, b. 13:1).

Grégoire s’est prononcé contre une section de la ville de Rome, parce qu’elle observait le Sabbat. Il soutenait que, quand l’Antéchrist viendrait, il observerait le samedi comme le Sabbat (ibid.).

L’Église du Sabbat en Asie

L’Église située en Asie Mineure était nommée Paulicien. Les Pauliciens s’étaient développés là pendant quelques centaines d’années. C. A. Scott devait dire, des Pauliciens, qu’ils étaient :

Une secte anti-catholique qui a débuté au 7ème siècle (possiblement avant), qui a connu beaucoup d’alternances de la faveur impériale et une persécution impitoyable, qui est restée influente jusqu’au 12ème siècle et qui n’est pas sans descendants aujourd’hui en Europe de l’Est. Faisant d’abord son apparition sur les  frontières orientales de l’empire et ayant sa maison naturelle en Arménie, en Mésopotamie et dans le Nord de la Syrie, elle s’est répandue, en partie par la propagande et en partie par la transplantation de ses fervents, vers l’Ouest à travers l’Asie Mineure, puis en Europe de l’Est pour établir de nouveaux centres dans la péninsule balkanique. Les opinions spécifiques qui leur ont été attribuées incluent une conception dualiste du gouvernement et même de l’origine du monde, une doctrine Adoptioniste de la Personne de Christ, un rejet véhément et têtu de la Mariolâtrie et de l’adoration des saints et des images, un rejet similaire du symbolisme sacramentel et une emphase spéciale sur le baptême adulte comme la seule forme valable. Le fondement de ces opinions est trouvé dans une concentration sur l’Écriture comme l’autorité unique et suffisante jusqu’à l’exclusion de la tradition et de  ‘l’enseignement de l’Église’ (ERE, art. Paulicians Vol. 9, p. 695).

Les Pauliciens ont augmenté énormément en nombres sous Sergius Tychicus et on les retrouvaient principalement parmi les montagnards robustes de Taurus. Scott dit que :

Autant comme défenseurs de l’empire et objets de la persécution impériale, ils ont montré la plus grande obstination et le plus grand courage (ibid., p. 697).

Ils ont été protégés par Constantin Copronymous (741-775) et invités à s’établir à Thrace. Nicephorus (802-811) les a employés pour la protection de l’empire sur sa frontière orientale. Michel et Léo V les ont impitoyablement persécutés.

Mais les Pauliciens étaient trop nombreux, trop guerriers et trop bien organisés pour être contraints à l’orthodoxie. Ils ont résisté, se sont révoltés et même exercé des représailles en faisant des raids sur l’Asie Mineure de leur repaire de montagne. Après vingt ans d’une relative tranquillité, ils ont été exposés à une autre violente persécution sous Theodora (842-857), qui, sous Basil, est devenue une guerre d’extermination (voir Krumbacher, p. 1075). Les Pauliciens ont été forcés dans les bras des Saracens et, avec leur aide, sous le leadership de Chrysocheir, un dirigeant capable, ils ont non seulement résisté avec succès aux forces impériales, mais les ont refoulés et ils ont pillé l’Asie Mineure jusqu’à ses rivages occidentaux (Scott, ibid.).

Cela démontre deux aspects des Pauliciens. Premièrement, ils maniaient les armes et, deuxièmement, les Musulmans les considéraient comme un groupe séparé des Chrétiens Trinitaires et leur ont rendu assistance et donné la protection. Cette protection n’a pas été limitée à l’Asie Mineure mais elle s’est étendue aussi jusqu’en Espagne. La distinction entre les groupes était connue et elle a été préservée dans le Coran.

Le commentaire de Christ contre l’Église de Pergame, qui pourrait être identifiée avec cette secte, devient ainsi plus intelligible quand il dit dans Apocalypse 2:16, qu’il se battra contre [ceux qui sont attachés à des doctrines fausses parmi eux] avec l’épée de sa bouche.

Scott a noté qu’une deuxième déportation des Pauliciens, sur une grande échelle, de l’Arménie à Thrace, a été effectuée par John Tzimiskes (970) (ibib). Les croisés latins ont retrouvé la secte en Syrie au onzième siècle et Lady Mary Montagu les a retrouvés dans le voisinage de Philippoplis, au dix-huitième siècle (Scott, op. Cit.).

En Europe, ils sont devenus ou se sont amalgamés avec les Bogomils (q.v), et leurs opinions et influences ont été propagées pendant le Moyen Âge par diverses sectes anti-catholiques – par exemple, les Cathares et les Albigeois – dont l’affiliation avec les Pauliciens est probable, quoique difficile à retracer. Leur nom, comme ‘Manichéen’, est devenu à son tour une description générique de n’importe lequel de ces mouvements qui se sont opposés au développement de la hiérarchie et de la doctrine Catholique (Scott, ibid.).

Scott dit qu’il est impossible à dire si le Pape-licani, les Piphles de la Flandre ou les Publicanis, qui ont été condamnés et catalogués à Oxford en 1160, étaient des descendants direct des Pauliciens ou s’ils ont porté leur nom comme un terme de reproche. Scott dit que les Pauliciens sont mieux compris comme une section, dans ce flot continu de penser et de vivre anti-Catholique et anti-hiérarchique, qui court en parallèle avec le flot de la doctrine et de l’organisation ‘orthodoxe’, pratiquement à travers l’histoire de l’Église (cf. Krumbacher, p. 970, The Paulicians’ setzten einer verweltlichen Reichsorthodoxie ein echt apostolisches Biblechristentum entgegen).

  1. C. Conybeare (The Key of Truth, Oxford, 1898) maintient qu’ils étaient Adoptionistes dans leur Christologie, qu’ils avaient trois sacrements : le repentir, le baptême et le Corps et le Sang de Christ (voir aussi p. 124), qu’ils déclaraient invalide le baptême des mineurs, qu’ils niaient la virginité perpétuelle de Marie et rejetaient les doctrines du purgatoire et de l’intercession des saints et l’utilisation des images, des croix et de l’encens.

Le mouvement de l’Église de l’Asie Mineure jusqu’en Europe s’est ainsi fait sur plusieurs siècles et, comme nous pouvons le voir ci-dessus, il a été effectué de bouche à oreille et par le déménagement des gens. Le dénigrement des doctrines des groupes est fait par les orthodoxes qui, en général, ont écrit les histoires en question.

L’observance du Sabbat en Europe de l’Est

Il est évident que les œuvres principales de l’Église observant le Sabbat, n’ont pas eu lieu en Europe avant  que les œuvres des églises amorcées à Smyrne (dénommées l’ère de Smyrne) et celles amorcées par les Pauliciens en Asie Mineure (dénommées l’ère de Pergame) soient terminées. En effet, il est évident que l’œuvre en Gaule a été commencée de, et a été en contact avec l’Église à Smyrne, après la mort d’Irénée. L’œuvre était disjointe et non-coordonnée, jusqu’au déménagement des Pauliciens en Europe.

La diffusion de la foi Chrétienne concernant l’observance du Sabbat avait été notée (ci-dessous) de s’être déplacée de Thrace jusqu’en Albanie et en Bulgarie avec les Pauliciens. Au neuvième siècle, cette dispute avait éclaté en Bulgarie. Il est noté que :

On avait enseigné en Bulgarie, dans la première saison de son évangélisation, qu’aucun travail devait être fait le jour du sabbat (Responsa Nicolai Papæ I and Con-Consulta Bulgarorum, Responsum 10, found in Mansi, Sacrorum Concilorum Nova et Amplissima Collectio, Vol. 15; p. 406; aussi Héfèle, Conciliengeshicte, Vol. 4, section 478).

Bogaris, le prince dirigeant de la Bulgarie, a écrit au Pape Nicholas I et lui a posé un certain nombre de questions concernant cette affaire. Dans la réponse aux Questions 6 et 10 concernant la baignade et le travail, le jour du Sabbat, il a répondu :

Question 6 – La Baignade est permise le dimanche. Question 10 – On doit cesser le travail le dimanche mais pas aussi  le jour du Sabbat (Héfèle, 4 346-352, section 478).

Nicholas a été déclaré excommunié par un contre-synode à Constantinople. Photius, le Patriarche de Constantinople, a accusé la Papauté

Contre les canons, ils ont incité les Bulgares à jeûner le jour du Sabbat (Photius, von Kard, Hergenrother, 1, 643).

La question du Sabbat est devenue une discussion amère entre les Grecs et les Latins. Neale a fait des remarques à ce sujet concernant la rupture en 1064 (A History of the Holy Eastern Church, Vol 1, p. 731).

D’après le Cardinal Hergenrother, les Athingiens (ou Athinganis) du neuvième siècle ont joui d’une relation intime avec l’Empereur Michel II (821-829) et il déclare qu’ils ont observé le Sabbat (Kirchengeschicte, 1, 527). Les Athingani étaient une secte en Phrygie et ils ont été appelés Melchizédékites par Timotheus de Constantinople dans son Reception of Heretics (voir ERE, art. Sects, Vol. XI, p. 319b). Whitley dit ici qu’ils :

Observaient le Sabbat; comme ils ne touchaient à personne, ils ont été populairement appelés Athinganis. Cela semble indiquer qu’ils ont observé les règles juives de la propreté mais l’information est trop mince pour retracer leur origine et leurs principes (ibid.).

Après la défaite de Chrysocheir, le chef des Pauliciens, au neuvième siècle et la destruction de Tephrike, leur forteresse, ils ont été décimés et dispersés. Ils ont existé en communautés dispersées en Arménie, en Asie Mineure et, particulièrement, dans la Péninsule balkanique. Au milieu du neuvième siècle, ils ont connu un renouveau en Arménie sous Smbat qui, selon Conybeare, peut avoir été l’auteur de Key of Truth (La Clef de la Vérité) (voir ERE, art. Paulicians, Vol. IX, p. 697). Basés à la ville de Thondrak, ils ont reçu le nom de Thondrakiens.

Une autre branche de la même racine est probablement trouvée dans la secte connue comme ‘Athingani’, mentionnée par Theophanes (Chronographia, 413) et encore une autre dans les ‘Selikians’. Le biographe du patriarche Methodius revendique pour lui le crédit d’avoir converti en orthodoxe un Selix et ses disciples, qui avaient des opinions ‘Manichéennes’ – opinions qui correspondent en détails avec celles dont les Pauliciens étaient accusés dans Cod. Scor. (Ibid.).

La deuxième déportation, sous John Tzimiskes (970), a alors eu lieu.

On voit donc que ces sectes sont toutes en corrélation et qu’elles sont attaquées par les Trinitaires pour avoir des doctrines hérétiques, brisées en sectes sous des noms différents et persécutées quand c’était possible. Les Pauliciens étaient aussi des iconoclastes et cela semble être compatible avec ce que nous connaissons des Sabbatati et des Cathares en Europe.

Les Pauliciens objectaient toujours à l’adoration de la Croix par leurs rivaux (Arménien, Chazus); par conséquent, le terme ChazitzariiChazinzariens (Staurolatræ) ne semble pas dénoter une petite secte, mais l’Église Établie d’Arménie telle que vue par les Pauliciens (Whitley ERE, art. Sects, p. 319).

Dans son article sur l’Église Orthodoxe grecque (ERE, Vol. VI, p. 427), Troitsky note que les Athinganis étaient reliés avec le Judaïsme. Ils sont regroupés avec, mais pas spécifiquement identifiés comme les Pauliciens. Troitsky semble regrouper les Pauliciens comme ayant une croyance d’un caractère mystique, ce que nous savons être incorrect, d’après les travaux existants. Il semble faire peu de doute que les Pauliciens et les Athinganis ou les sectes en Asie Mineure ont observé le Sabbat et les lois de l’alimentation et qu’ils ont apporté ces pratiques en Europe.

Les Bogomils

Un des premiers groupes à émaner des Pauliciens, directement en Europe, semble avoir été les Bogomils (voir ci-dessus) qui ont été retrouvés parmi les Slaves et, particulièrement, les Bulgares (Powicke ERE, Vol 1, p. 784).

Le terme Bogomil est peut-être dérivé de Bog Milui qui signifie Dieu aie pitié ou, peut-être, de Bogumil ou le bien-aimé de Dieu. Deux premiers MSS bulgares, qui se confirment l’un l’autre, déclarent que le ‘pape’ Bogomile a été le premier à présenter ‘l’hérésie’ sous le Tsar bulgare Peter (927-968). Par conséquent, le nom peut être dérivé d’un représentant important de la secte au dixième siècle.

Les Bogomils sont décrits comme une secte néo-Manichéenne par N. A. Weber (C. E., art. Bogomils, Vol. II, p. 612). La secte est notée comme étant retrouvée à la fin du Moyen âge à Constantinople et dans les états balkaniques. Les Bogomils maintenaient que Satan et Christ avaient tous les deux le pouvoir de création, conformément à la volonté de Dieu. Les Bogomils maintenaient que Dieu le Père avait une apparence humaine mais qu’Il était incorporel. Les Fils de Dieu incluaient Satanel (ou Azazel), qui était assis à la droite de Dieu et Jésus ou Michel. Satan était doté du pouvoir créateur, mais il s’est rebellé. Il a été expulsé du ciel avec les anges qui l’ont suivi. Il était maintenu que Satan avait créé un deuxième ciel et une deuxième terre et qu’il a formé l’homme de la terre et de l’eau. Satan ne pouvait pas donner un esprit vivant à l’homme. Par conséquent, le Père a accordé la vie à l’homme à sa demande. À partir de la séduction d’Ève, Satan a perdu son pouvoir créateur mais il a conservé le gouvernement de la planète. Dieu a envoyé un autre Fils, Jésus, pour assumer une forme physique, par l’intermédiaire de Marie. Les actions de Christ ont ainsi jugé Satan. Satanel a perdu le nom divin ou le rang de El et il est ainsi devenu connu comme simplement Satan.

Maintenant, cette histoire est écrite par “les ennemis” orthodoxes et elle est donc quelque peu déformée par rapport à la structure biblique qu’elle prétend expliquer. Néanmoins, un étudiant de la Bible verra la structure des textes qui sont expliqués. Les concepts sont, en réalité, davantage en accord avec ce que nous connaissons maintenant de la cosmologie du premier siècle mais déformés, si les notes de Powicke (ci-dessous) sont correctes.

Le concept est qu’à la fin, le seul survivant au ciel est Dieu le Père, Christ et Satan étant tous les deux absorbés. C’est le concept de Dieu devenant tout en tous. Le concept est peut-être expliqué en termes simplistes par les orthodoxes, parce qu’il n’est pas conforme avec la doctrine de l’âme.

La revendication, par Weber, que les Bogomils rejetaient l’Ancien Testament, sauf les Psaumes et les livres Prophétiques, semble être basée sur Euthymius (PG, Vol. cxxx) (voir aussi Powicke, op. cit.) où il y a 52 croyances principales dont les plus importantes ont été énumérées par Powicke et récapitulées comme suit :

  1. Le rejet des livres de Moïse.
  2. L’histoire de Christ était symbolique d’une connaissance plus élevée.
  3. Ils enseignaient un concept Sabellien de la Divinité en disant que tous les trois noms du Père, du Fils et de l’Esprit Saint s’appliquent au Père. À la fin, tous les trois esprits, ayant fait leur travail, retourneront au Père.

      (Le concept de tous retournant au Père n’est pas juste limité à une Trinité comme Euthymius l’affirmerait du concept de l’union de l’Armée).

  1. La création Satanique a été étendue à la loi qui a engendré le péché. Dieu est intervenu dans le monde et Il a envoyé l’Archange Michel comme le logos qui est  devenu Jésus Christ.
  2. L’Esprit Saint était considéré être seulement dans les élus (qu’ils assimilaient avec les Bogomils).
  3. Les élus ne peuvent pas mourir.
  4. Les temples de l’Église étaient les temples des démons mais ils permettaient d’adorer dans ceux-ci par opportunité.
  5. Ils sont supposés avoir maintenu que Jean le Baptiste était un serviteur du Dieu juif Satanel.

La revendication que la secte a rejeté le baptême d’eau pour avoir seulement le baptême spirituel (par l’imposition des mains) est peut-être tirée de l’intrusion de la secte dans les ordres monastiques. La secte a nié la doctrine de la transubstantiation. Weber a maintenu que la secte condamnait le mariage et interdisait de manger de la viande. Les Bogomils ont existé plusieurs siècles, comme un ordre monastique. Comme leurs écrits ont été brûlés, ce qu’on connaît d’eux semble venir d’Euthymius Zigabenus (il est mort après 1118) dans le Chapitre xxvii de Panoplia Dogmatike dans lequel il a réfuté environ vingt-quatre de leurs présumées hérésies (sous 52 chefs(têtes) cf. Powicke).

Weber pense que les Bogomils se seraient  développés des Euchites (probablement de la nature dualiste de leur doctrine). Ils ont aussi été appelés Messaliens, d’où ils ont tiré leur ascétisme. Cette aberration de date inconnue semble les mettre à part des autres groupes. Ils ont été en proéminence au douzième siècle. Ils ont été mentionnés par leur nom pour la première fois à Philippopolis (la Turquie européenne) en 1115 (notez l’occupation continue par les Pauliciens ici, comme ci-dessus). Leur chef Basil, un moine et un médecin, qui avait nommé douze apôtres, a été saisi et emprisonné (1111) (après avoir été dupé) par Alexius I, Comnenus (1081-1118) qui a exigé la rétraction des erreurs. Certains se sont rétractés, certains sont morts en prison (Weber ibid.). Basil a été condamné à mort (1118) et brûlé (1119 Powicke). Un synode de Constantinople en 1140 a ordonné la destruction de ses écrits et, en 1143, deux évêques de Cappadocia ont été déposés pour avoir embrassé ses doctrines. Les synodes de Constantinople en 1316 et 1325 ont, de nouveau, condamné la secte. Les Bogomils ont persisté jusqu’à la conquête des Balkans par les Turcs au quatorzième et quinzième siècle (Weber ibid.). Powicke dit (op. cit., p. 785) que leur influence est retracée dans les sociétés plus petites dans lesquelles ils se sont séparés, beaucoup plus tard. Ce qui semble être le cas, c’est que les doctrines Pauliciennes ont non seulement existé dans les sociétés où ils ont été transportés et dans les communautés Slaves, qui les ont entourés, mais qu’elles ont aussi été adoptées par les ordres monastiques où elles ont été déformées par les moines mais, néanmoins, restées anti-Catholique. Les doctrines Bogomiles, telles que présentées, représentent une divergence des autres sectes dérivées des Pauliciens et, en effet, des doctrines des Pauliciens eux-mêmes.

Il est donc incorrect d’affirmer que la secte, trouvée parmi les ordres monastiques comme les Bogomils, était, en fait, le groupe général de ce nom qui s’est répandu parmi les Slaves et à travers l’Europe. La vue moyenne des doctrines peut être mieux trouvée à l’aide d’une comparaison entre les Pauliciens et les sectes européennes, qui ont été influencées par eux.

Les sectes Subordinationistes ou anti-Trinitaires devaient se répandre à travers l’Europe. Les sectes ont été connues sous des noms variés.

Les Vaudois ou Waldenses

 

Lentolo est l’auteur de la première histoire des Vaudois et l’autorité principale de la persécution qui a eu lieu à son époque. Cette histoire était pratiquement inconnue jusqu’en 1897 quand Comba a attiré l’attention sur une copie de celle-ci dans la Bibliothèque de Berne (W. F. Adeney, art. WaldensesERE, Vol 12, p. 669).

Ainsi, l’histoire par Muston (L’Israël des Alpes, Paris, 1851 ou la réimpression Israël of the Alps NY 1978) doit être vue à la lumière de celle-ci. Les Catholiques Romains affirment que les Vaudois sont simplement les disciples de Pierre Valdes de Lyon. On donne le nom en français comme Valdes, en latin comme Valdesius, Valdenius, Gualdensis et en italien comme Valdes. Il a été prétendument converti en 1173. Les Vaudois eux-mêmes nient cette affirmation qui essaye, en fait, de les étiqueter comme Protestants mais, plutôt, ils retracent leur généalogie jusqu’au début du Christianisme.

Le premier record de cette revendication est par un moine dominicain à Passau en 1316 (Contra Valdense in Maxima Bibliotheca veterum Patrum, Lyon, 1677-1707, xxv, 262 ff.), qui a noté qu’ils revendiquent d’avoir existé à l’époque des pères (duravit un tempore patrum). La fois suivante où c’est enregistré, c’est dans une lettre de Barbe Morel à Oecolampadius en 1530 (A. Scultetus Annalium Evangeli … decades duo, Genève, 1618, pp. 295,306). Le texte a été adopté par Robert Olivetan et publié dans la préface de sa traduction de la Bible en 1535. Les Protestants en sont donc venus à honorer les Waldenses, comme l’Église qui avait préservé la foi du Nouveau Testament. La secte a nommé son clergé Barbe ou Oncle, à cause de l’injonction biblique interdisant d’appeler quelqu’un père, enseignant ou chef (Mat. 23:9-10). Le titre de Père était un rang du système Mithras et il est interdit aux Chrétiens (voir par exemple C. K. Barrett The New Testament Background: Selected Documents, rev. ed., SPCK, London, 1987, p. 133). Il n’y a aucune preuve que la secte a existé, inchangée, dans les vallées des Alpes. Étant donné l’acceptation de ce fait, une deuxième théorie pour expliquer la secte a été développée. Cette théorie avance qu’elle a vu le jour à Rome, pendant l’épiscopat de Sylvester. Après avoir baptisé Constantin (que nous savons être incorrect puisque Constantin a été baptisé un Unitaire (incorrectement appelé Eusebien ou Arien) par Eusebius de Nicomedia) Sylvester a, prétendument, placé l’Église sous le pouvoir de l’empereur. Un évêque se serait dissocié et serait allé à la Vallée Vaudois, fondant, de là, les Vaudois. Il existe, cependant, la possibilité que les Ariens Goths, qui avaient une Bible en Gothique de c. 351, aient influencé le secteur. L’origine de l’Église, en fait, provient de l’Église à Lyon, sous Irénée et ses successeurs (voir ci-dessus). Les débuts de l’influence sont encore trouvés au temps de Claude, évêque de Turin, au huitième siècle, sous Charlemagne et Louis le Pieux. Claude a ranimé la doctrine Augustinienne de la prédestination, mais il a ignoré l’aspect de l’Église Suprême de l’enseignement d’Augustin,

Selon lequel, l’Église était le moyen de communication désigné entre Dieu et l’homme, résistant aux revendications papales et niant que St-Pierre avait reçu le pouvoir de lier et de délier. Il a fait enlever les croix aussi bien que les images de ses églises, dans toutes ces questions, en attendant la Réformation (Adeney, ibid.).

Les Églises des Vaudois auraient été incluses dans le diocèse de Claude. En conséquence, Léger, Muston et d’autres Vaudois maintenaient que, si leur dérivation ne pouvait pas être retracée jusqu’aux temps apostoliques, elle devrait alors lui être attribuée. Cependant, il n’y a aucune évidence de leur existence, comme Église significative, pendant des siècles après Claude. La déclaration par Muston (ibid., Paris, p. xxxii, n. 2) qu’en l’année 1096, Urban II a décrit les Vaudois comme infectés par l’hérésie, dit Adeney (p. 665), est fondée sur une erreur, puisqu’une telle référence à ces gens ne peut pas être trouvée parmi ses Bulles (cf. Comba, p. 154). La diffusion des doctrines, cependant, est minimisée par les Athanasiens, comme l’évidence l’indique. Le fait est qu’une Église Unitaire a existé là pendant des siècles.

Adeney maintient que les Vaudois désavouaient les indulgences, le purgatoire et les messes pour les morts et niaient l’efficacité des sacrements administrés par des prêtres indignes (p. 666). Mais il pense que les doctrines complètes sont toujours obscures. L’application littérale des enseignements de Christ, contenus dans les évangiles, était son thème principal, comme elle l’était pour Pierre Valdes, la personne de qui, il allègue, leur nom provient. Valdes est mort en Bohême en 1217. Adeney dit que l’Église Vaudoise a grandi d’une fusion du travail de Valdes et des Pauvres Hommes de Lyon, avec les mouvements d’Arnold de Brescia, Peter de Bruys et ‘ Henry de Cluny ‘ (ibid.). Par conséquent, Valdes a superposé son système sur les groupes préexistants déjà dans le Vaudois et ailleurs et leur a donné un nouveau dynamisme. Le mouvement de Peter de Bruys, nommé Petrobrusiens, est seulement décrit dans une traitrise contre lui par Pierre le Vénérable et un passage dans Abelard. Par conséquent, l’information est  suspecte. Peter a commencé à enseigner dans les diocèses d’Embrun, Die et Gap entre 1117-1120. Il était un iconoclaste qui brûlait les croix. Il a été brûlé comme hérétique environ vingt ans plus tard, à St-Gilles près de Nîmes. Il a gagné des adhérents à Narbonne, à Toulouse et dans la Gascogne. Le moine Clunaïque Henry de Lausanne a soi-disant adopté l’enseignement Petrobrusien aux environs de 1135 et l’a modifié après que Peter de Bruys a été martyrisé. Les doctrines ont inclus le baptême adulte et il est allégué que la secte a enseigné une importance relative des textes bibliques dans le NT, c’est-à-dire, la subordination des épîtres aux évangiles et le rejet de l’Ancien Testament. Il est difficile d’être un iconoclaste absolu et de rejeter l’Ancien Testament. Les deux Testaments sont interconnectés à l’iconoclasme.

Ils ont soi-disant rejeté la Messe et l’Eucharistie, parce que la répétition du sacrifice n’était pas possible. Ils ont maintenu que l’Église était la communauté, pas les bâtiments, et ils pensaient que les bâtiments de l’Église devaient être détruits. Les affirmations en rapport avec ces gens proviennent de leurs ennemis. Le record dans l’Encyclopédie Catholique est par N. A. Weber (art. Petrobrusians, Vol. 11, p. 781) le même auteur de l’article Waldensians. On allègue que les idées retrouvées dans ces domaines sont sans fondement. Cependant, l’ERE (les articles Paulicians et Waldenses) note qu’il y avait une progression générale d’idées à travers l’Europe provenant de l’Est. Nous avons vu que cette source était les Pauliciens qui avaient été relocalisés à Thrace. Ces Églises se sont sans doute ralliées avec des sympathisants à l’Ouest.

Les Vaudois Sabbatati

 

Il est allégué que les Vaudois ou Vallenses ont obtenu le nom Insabathas ou Insabbatati, parce qu’ils n’observaient aucun jour de repos, sauf le Sabbat. Ils ont été  nommés Insabathas, comme s’ils n’observaient aucun Sabbat (parce qu’ils n’observaient pas le dimanche) (Fore-Runners de Luther, pp. 7-8 (inexactement cité; voir aussi Guy, Manuel d’Inquisiteur)). Les Vaudois n’ont pas obtenu leur nom de Pierre Valdes, c’est plutôt le contraire. Les historiens Catholiques écrivent afin de donner l’impression que les Vaudois étaient une innovation tardive et essayent de créer l’impression qu’ils, les Catholiques, ont l’autorité apostolique et que toutes les autres Églises sont des ramifications surgies plus tard.

Certains Protestants ont avalé cette propagande à cause de la nature de la première histoire des Vallenses, qui était Subordinationiste, observant le Sabbat. Peter Allix en dit :

Il n’est pas vrai que Valdes a donné ce nom aux habitants des vallées : ils ont été appelés Waldenses, ou Vaudes, avant son temps, du nom des vallées dans lesquelles ils ont demeuré (Ancient Church of Piedmont, Oxford, 1821, p. 182).

Allix continue en disant que :

Certains Protestants, sur cette occasion, sont tombés dans le piège qui a été mis pour eux…. Il est absolument faux que ces églises ont été fondées par Pierre Valdes…. C’est une contrefaçon pure (ibid., p. 192).

William Jones (History of the Christian Church, Vol. 2, p. 2) déclare qu’il :

a été appelé Valdus, ou Valdes, parce qu’il a reçu ses notions religieuses des habitants des vallées.

Quand on examine l’évidence des textes et les écrits des apologistes Catholiques comme N. A. Weber, il n’y a aucune preuve présentée à part le fait que les deux Barbes (signifiant Oncles ou Aînés) des Vaudois ont été appelés Vallenses pour la première fois par Raymond de Daventry dans sa condamnation de 1179 et Bernard de Fontcaude a pris le titre dans sa condamnation de 1180 (Adversus Vallenses et Arianos). Adeney note cela dans son œuvre mais Weber ne le fait pas. Il est présentement allégué que le terme Vallenses a été dérivé de Valdes. Cependant, ce n’est en aucun cas certain puisque le nom lui-même se réfère aux vallées et pas à Valdes. Par conséquent, quoique l’affirmation soit faite par Weber et apparemment par Adeney, la conclusion peut être rejetée comme  supposition.

Il semble que la réorganisation à Milan provenait de l’infusion des Sabbatati d’Autriche et du Nord-Est, compte tenu de ce que nous pouvons rassembler des mouvements. L’établissement du collège à Milan avec une forte base en Autriche atténue donc l’hypothèse d’un fondement par Valdes. En effet, Blair, dans son History of the Waldenses (Vol. 1, p. 220), dit que :

Parmi les documents, nous avons une explication des Dix Commandements par ces mêmes gens datée de 1120 par Boyer. L’observance du Sabbat en cessant les travaux temporels est imposée.

Donc, les Vaudois étaient des Unitaires Subordinationistes observant le Sabbat bien avant que Valdes entre en scène. Selon Dugger et Dodd, A History of the True Religion, (3ième éd. Jérusalem, 1972, p. 224 suiv.).

Benedict, dans son histoire des Baptistes, dit des Waldenses : ‘nous avons déjà observé de Claudius Seyessel, l’archevêque papiste, qu’un Léo a été accusé d’avoir produit l’hérésie Vaudoise dans les vallées, à l’époque de Constantin le Grand. Quand ces mesures sévères ont émané de l’Empereur Honorius contre ceux qui rebaptisaient [les Anabaptistes], ils ont quitté le siège de l’opulence et du pouvoir et ils ont cherché des retraites à la campagne et dans les vallées de Piémont (Italie) lesquelles, particulièrement, sont devenues leur retraite contre l’oppression impériale’.

Rainer Sacho, un auteur Catholique, dit des Waldenses: ‘il n’y a aucune secte plus dangereuse que les Léonistes, pour trois raisons: d’abord, c’est la plus ancienne; certains disent qu’elle est aussi vieille que Sylvester; d’autres, que les apôtres eux-mêmes. Deuxièmement, elle est, dans l’ensemble, très disséminée; il n’y a aucun pays où elle ne s’est pas implantée. Troisièmement, tandis que d’autres sectes sont profanes et blasphématoires, celle-là conserve l’apparence extrême de la piété; ils vivent justement devant les hommes et ils ne croient rien concernant Dieu qui n’est pas bon ‘.

Sacho admet qu’ils ont été florissants au moins cinq cents ans avant le temps de Pierre Valdes. Gretzer, un jésuite qui a écrit contre eux, admet aussi leur antiquité. Crantz, dans son “History of the United Brethren“, parle de cette classe de Chrétiens dans les mots suivants :

‘Ces anciens Chrétiens ont leur origine au début du quatrième siècle, quand un certain Léon, lors de la grande révolution dans la religion sous Constantin le Grand, s’est opposé aux Innovations de Sylvester, évêque de Rome….

Selon Allix:

Les Réformateurs ont maintenu que l’Église Vaudoise a été formée vers 120 A.D., date à partir de laquelle ils ont transmis de père en fils les enseignements qu’ils ont reçus des apôtres. La Bible latine, l’Italique, a été traduite du grec pas plus tard que 157 A.D. Nous sommes endettés envers Beza, l’associé renommé de Calvin, pour la Déclaration que l’Église Italique date de 120 A.D.. (Churches of Piedmont de Allix, 1690 éd., p. 177 et Our Authorized Bible Vindicated de Wilkinson, p. 35 et Introduction de Scrivener, Vol. II, p. 43, cf. Dugger et Dodd A History of the True Religion, pp. 224-225).

La formation en 120 est compatible avec l’envoi des disciples de Polycarpe de Smyrne (et d’Éphèse) tel que mentionné lorsque nous avons traité de la persécution de l’Église à Lyon, sous Marcus Aurelius en 177, dans laquelle Photinus, le disciple de Polycarpe, a été martyrisé et le passage de l’information est retourné à Smyrne. Les Églises en Gaule ont été soumises au Concile de Milan pendant des siècles, tel qu’établi ici, jusqu’à l’interférence Papale.

Dugger et Dodd notent aussi (p. 226) que :

Atto, l’évêque de Vireulli, s’était plaint de tels gens quatre-vingt ans auparavant [avant 1026 A.D.] et d’autres avaient fait de même avant lui et il y a toutes les raisons de croire qu’ils ont toujours existé en Italie (cf. Church History de Jones, p. 218).

Ainsi, l’établissement du collège Vaudois à Milan est une extension naturelle de cette orientation. Dugger et Dodd continuent en citant Mosheim :

En Lombardie, qui était la résidence principale des hérétiques italiens, il est apparu là une secte singulière, connue, pour quelle raison, je ne peux pas le dire, par la dénomination Passaginiens…. Comme les autres sectes déjà mentionnées, ils avaient une aversion extrême pour la discipline et la domination de l’Église de Rome; mais ils étaient, en même temps, distingués par deux principes religieux qui étaient particuliers à eux.

Le premier était une notion que l’observance de la Loi de Moïse en tout sauf en l’offrande de sacrifices était obligatoire pour les Chrétiens; par conséquent, ils… s’abstenaient de ces viandes, dont l’utilisation a été interdite sous l’économie de Moïse et ils célébraient le Sabbat juif. Le deuxième principe qui a distingué cette secte a été promu en opposition à la doctrine de trois personnes dans la nature divine (Eccl. Hist., 12 Cent,  Part 2, Ch. 5, Section 14, p. 127 : tel que cité par Dugger et Dodd, emphase conservée).

Dugger et Dodd continuent en disant :

Que les Cathares ont vraiment conservé et observé l’ancien Sabbat et que cela est certifié par les adversaires papistes. Le Docteur Allix cite un auteur Catholique Romain du douzième siècle, concernant trois sortes d’hérétiques – les Cathares, les Passiginiens et les Arnoldistés. Allix dit de cet auteur papiste que –

‘ Il l’expose aussi comme une de leurs opinions, ‘ que la loi de Moïse doit être observée selon la lettre et que l’observance du Sabbat … et d’autres observances légales, doivent être respectées. Ils maintiennent aussi que Christ, le Fils de Dieu, n’est pas égal avec le Père et que le Père, le Fils et l’Esprit Saint, ces trois … ne sont pas un Dieu et une substance; et, en plus de ces erreurs, ils jugent et condamnent tous les docteurs de l’Église et universellement l’Église Romaine entière… (Eccl. Hist. of the Ancient Churches of Piedmont, pp. 168-169, cf. Dugger et Dodd, pp. 227-228).

On peut donc voir que les Cathares, les Vaudois et les Passiginiens étaient des branches du même groupe. Ils pouvaient être différenciés, parce qu’ils n’ont jamais été une église hiérarchique. Ils ont été organisés d’après les lignes du Nouveau Testament et c’est une raison des raisons pour lesquelles ils n’ont jamais été complètement anéantis. Plus particulièrement, on voit qu’ils sont spécifiquement Subordinationistes et définitivement Unitaires. Donc, les Églises originales en Europe n’étaient ni Dithéistes/Binitaires ni Trinitaires mais elles étaient Unitaires.

Dugger et Dodd notent aussi (pp. 228-229) qu’ils ont porté un autre nom : celui de Paterines, qui a semblé provenir du fait qu’à Liman où il a d’abord été utilisé, il correspondait à l’équivalent anglais de vulgaire ou commun et il était utilisé des ordres inférieurs d’hommes qui tiraient leur revenu du travail manuel. Dugger et Dodd allèguent que Gazari est une corruption de Cathares ou  Puritains; cependant, il y a une autre application. Ils n’adressent pas du tout la question de l’influence des Khazari ou Khazars, tel que noté ci-dessous.

Il n’y a aucun doute que les Vaudois étaient une secte Subordinationiste avant et en 1179 juste avant le Concile de Lateran (cela n’est même pas mentionné par Weber). Leurs deux barbes, Olivier et Sicard, se sont disputés avec l’évêque Montperoux entre 1175-76 et, deux ou trois ans plus tard, le Pape Alexandre III a envoyé le cardinal de St-Chrysogone, Henri de Citeaux, et Réginald, évêque de Bath, alors en chemin pour le  Concile de Lateran, accompagné par le moine Walter Mapes et le prêtre Raymond de Daventry à Toulouse pour s’informer sur la question. Deux barbes des Vallenses, Bernard de Raymond et Raymond de Baimiac, sont venus là, sous sauf-conduit, pour être examinés par Jean de Bellesmains, évêque de Poitiers. Ils sont ensuite allés à Narbonne pour être examinés par Bernard de Fontcaude, sous la présidence du prêtre anglais Raymond de Daventry. C’est ce prêtre, Raymond de Daventry, qui utilise pour la première fois le nom de Vallenses ou Waldenses. Ils ont donc été nommés par leurs enquêteurs du nom d’un de leurs dirigeants. Les deux barbes ont été condamnés comme hérétiques par Raymond de Daventry en 1179, qui s’est ensuite rendu au Concile de Lateran. Nommer les sectes d’après le nom de leurs dirigeants principaux a été la pratique habituelle pendant des siècles et cela donne une impression fausse quant à la source de pensées et aux groupements qu’ils représentent.

En 1180, Bernard de Fontcaude a écrit le livre intitulé Adversus Vallenses et Arianos (voir Hist. des Vaudois de Gay, p. 16, n. 1 et aussi Adeney, ibid. P. 667). Adeney dit que :

Il semble que ces discussions sont provenues de l’union des Petrobrusiens et des Henriciens avec les Pauvres Hommes de Lyon en Provence. Au même moment, les disciples de Valdes se sont unis avec les Arnauldistes en Lombardie. Donc, les Vaudois de France et d’Italie étaient unis et leur union a été cimentée par la persécution. Une sentence d’excommunication par le Concile de Verona a purifié Lyon des disciples de Valdes qui restaient et les a chassés en Provence, à Dauphine et dans les vallées de Piémont, à Lombardy et certains même en Allemagne. Ils étaient devenus si nombreux qu’Innocent III a envoyé ses meilleurs légats pour les supprimer dans les années 1198, 1201 et 1203.

Il n’y a aucun doute, cependant, que nous avons affaire à une doctrine Unitaire Subordinationiste qui a été classée comme et avec l’Arianisme. Dans la suppression de 1203, les légats incluaient un évêque espagnol et Dominique (appelé saint), le fondateur des Dominicains, qui a alors participé à l’Inquisition avec les Bénédictines. Ils ont tenu une succession de discussions qui ont duré jusqu’en 1207, quand le légat Pierre de Chateauxneuf a été tué. Deux ans plus tard, le Pape a déclaré la croisade. Adeney se réfère simplement à la croisade comme une croisade mais c’était en fait la croisade Albigeoise et les Vaudois ont été le sujet de cette croisade dans le même sens. En 1210, l’empereur Otho a ordonné à l’archevêque de Turin de chasser les Vaudois de son diocèse et, en 1220, les Lois de Pignérol ont interdit aux habitants de les héberger. Certains se sont enfuis en Picardie et Philippe Augustes les a chassés en Flandres. Certains sont venus à Mayence et Bingen où 50 ont été brûlés en 1232. (Adeney, ibid.).

Ils ont été vus tôt en Espagne, condamnés par des Conciles d’Église et tourmentés par trois des Rois (ibid.).

Cette période est pendant l’Inquisition et la croisade Albigeoise qui s’est étendue en  Espagne de la France (voir ci-dessous). Ces gens étaient des accumulations de divers groupes de Chrétiens. Certains de ces groupes ont non seulement semblé observer le Sabbat à ce moment-là mais ils ont été persécutés pour observer les Jours Saints bibliques. Cela doit être déduit des décrets les concernant, puisque seulement les confessions obtenues sous la torture survivent. Par conséquent, les comptes rendus sont suspects. La preuve catégorique existe cependant dans certaines Églises (par exemple, de Hongrie).

Il est important de noter que la croisade dont il est question plus haut comme ayant commencé en 1209, était, en fait, la croisade Albigeoise, qui a duré jusqu’en 1244 et qui a été le sujet de la suppression la plus impitoyable. Les autorités ont attisé la haine la plus extrême contre les soi-disant hérétiques et les ont ensuite soumis à l’Inquisition (voir C. Roth Spanish Inquisition, pp. 35-36 pour les commentaires). La distribution des Vaudois, au cours de la même période, montre que nous avions affaire avec tous ces groupes de gens ayant la même distribution que les Albigeois. Les Vaudois étaient des litéralistes bibliques qui étaient Subordinationistes, appelés (incorrectement) Ariens.

Les non-Trinitaires en Espagne étaient identifiés avec les Juifs dans leurs habitudes et leur non-Trinitarisme, bien que, par le décret inquisitorial postérieur de 1519 par Andres de Palacio, les sectes Chrétiennes aient été en grande partie dispersées ou complètement occultes (voir Roth p. 77 pour le décret). Par ailleurs, les Vaudois d’Italie semblent être devenus Trinitaires après la réformation et l’histoire postérieure, écrite par des Protestants et quelque peu auto-justificatrice, semble nier l’histoire précédente du littéralisme biblique.

En 1237,  le Pape Grégoire IX

a envoyé un taureau à l’archevêque de Tarragona et le résultat fut que quinze des hérétiques ont été brûlés, le Roi Ferdinand lui-même mettant du bois sur le feu. Avec le temps, ces Vaudois espagnols ont été exterminés (Adeney, ibid.).

Les Vaudois étaient aussi répandus en Allemagne où leurs Églises ont envoyé des candidats pour le ministère à un collège Vaudois à Milan. Le recteur du collège était John de Ronco qui a été nommé recteur à  vie, malgré la désapprobation de Valdes.

C’était ce fait qui a abouti à la division entre le groupe français et le groupe italien et allemand. Les Lombards ont nommé leur propre pasteur en chef (proepositus). Celui-ci et leur ministère étaient en fonction à vie, tandis que Valdes et les Vaudois français sous son autorité élisaient des dirigeants annuels pour administrer le Dîner du Seigneur et servir de pasteurs. Ainsi, nous pouvons établir que nous avons affaire avec un groupe qui, au treizième siècle, observait le Dîner du Seigneur sur une base annuelle. La suggestion qu’ils observaient le dimanche à ce moment-là est impossible à supporter.

Le problème extraordinaire rencontré à cet égard est celui de l’existence des Albigeois du côté Nord français des Alpes. Les vallées italiennes du Sud étaient occupées par les Vaudois. De la division mentionnée auparavant, il est plus probable que les noms, conférés par les Inquisiteurs Catholiques, ont assumé une réalité par eux-mêmes. Les décrets en Espagne montrent cependant que nous avons affaire avec la même secte. La division suivante aurait assumé une réalité différente, quand la secte est devenue Protestante Trinitaire. La Bohême, 40 ans après la mort de Valdes, selon l’Inquisiteur de Passau, avait 42 prétendus nids d’hérésie (Adeney, op. cit.). Le roi Otakar a commencé la persécution, qui a été le plus sévère sous le pape Benedict XII en 1335. L’ascension du mouvement Hussite a abouti en une fusion de certains des deux groupes, sous le nom de Taborites. Adeney soutient que le plus célèbre de ceux-ci était le barbe Frederic Reiser. Après 25 ans, parmi les Vaudois de la Bohême et d’Autriche, il a été brûlé à Strassburg en 1458.

Il y a donc au moins quatre groupes dans huit pays environ, dont certains ont été intégrés avec les Protestants. Il y avait des Subordinationistes ou des Unitaires en Autriche, au treizième siècle, et l’Inquisiteur de Krems a dénoncé 36 localités en 1315, brûlant 130 martyrs. L’évêque de Neumeister a été brûlé comme un de ces hérétiques à Vienne. On dit qu’il a déclaré qu’il y avait environ 80,000 Vaudois dans le duché d’Autriche. À la fin du quatorzième siècle, il y a eu une persécution épouvantable en Styrie. Il y a eu une mission organisée en Italie en provenance de l’Autriche où les missionnaires ont voyagé comme des colporteurs (Adeney, ibid.). Le mouvement avait un collège à Milan quand Valdes était vivant. De ces points, il est difficile d’affirmer, comme Adeney semble le faire, que les Subordinationistes en Autriche étaient Vaudois, étant donné que l’évangélisme en Italie venait de l’Autriche. L’évêque était plus probablement du même groupe, nommé plus tard Vaudois. Le groupe a aussi été appelé Sabbatati et, par la suite, Insabbatati, qui est prétendument dérivé des sabots en bois ou chaussures qui étaient portés. C’est plus probablement une corruption de leurs vues sur le Sabbat, transformé en un jeu de mots. Cela s’est alors développé dans les termes Sabotiers et, ensuite, Sandaliati. Weber (C. E., art. Waldenses, Vol. XV, p. 528) échoue à noter la distinction linguistique entre les mots et les entremêle, en fait, dans leur ordre afin de confirmer sa position. Il affirme aussi que la secte était dérivée de Valdes, ignorant presque complètement l’évidence mentionnée par Adeney. Peut-être qu’Adeney avait accès à plus d’information mais le parti pris dans l’œuvre de Weber est considérable et compréhensible, étant donné l’histoire.

L’archevêque avait interdit aux Vaudois de prêcher et il est dit qu’ils ont fait appel au troisième Concile de Lateran, sous Alexandre III, bien qu’ils aient été condamnés avant le Concile en 1179, comme nous l’avons vu plus haut. Ils avaient été convoqués pour l’examen. On doit se rappeler qu’à cette époque-là, le système médiéval assurait que les états étaient la propriété de leurs seigneurs, sous la direction de Rome, et qu’il n’était pas possible d’avoir une croyance qui n’était pas en accord avec Rome. C’est pourquoi, ils devaient comparaître lorsqu’ils étaient convoqués, même s’ils ne prêtaient pas allégeance à Rome. Ne pas faire ainsi signifiait d’être brûlé, de toute façon.

Une autre division vitale parmi les Vaudois s’est produite suite à l’enseignement des Vaudois italiens que les sacrements administrés par des prêtres indignes étaient inefficaces. Les Français n’ont pas accepté cette vue. Les Italiens ont désavoué tous les sacrements des prêtres romains et ils ont, en même temps, insisté sur l’adhérence stricte aux enseignements du NT. Cette division a été discutée à une conférence en mai 1217, l’année de la mort de Valdes (Adeney, ibid.). Les deux branches de Vaudois ont rétabli le contact avec le temps, mais nous avons clairement de très grandes divisions et l’existence en France d’un groupe coexistant avec les Albigeois.

Au quinzième siècle, les records de l’Inquisition révèlent qu’il y avait un nombre grand et influent de Vaudois dans le centre de l’Italie. À Calabria, les Vaudois de Piémont ont convaincu la plupart dans la zone. Ils ont été florissants pendant 250 ans, puis, ils ont été presque exterminés par une persécution systématique (Adeney, ibid.).

Le système français de gouvernement dans l’Église, malgré Valdes, était épiscopal, tandis que l’italien était presbytérien, étant composé d’un gouvernement d’Église sous forme d’un conseil, avec un pasteur principal et un conseil de laïcs. Le synode annuel comprenait des aînés et des laïcs en nombres égaux (Adeney, ibid.).

Les Vaudois sont graduellement devenus centrés dans les vallées sur le côté italien des Alpes Cottian. Le Vaudois a donc été affirmé comme étant un nom géographique. Adeney le nie et admet que le nom Valdes provient des Pauvres Hommes de Lyon ; par conséquent, les premières étapes sont, hors de tout doute, reconnues comme étant générales à travers les Alpes et, ainsi, exposées aux, et associées avec les Albigeois. Il est fortement improbable que les sectes Subordinationistes, appelées incorrectement Manichéens par les Catholiques, se seraient répandues des Balkans, à travers l’Autriche, en France et en Espagne et contourner d’une façon ou d’une autre les Alpes et les Vaudois, qui ont occupé des régions semblables.

La solution la plus probable est que les Vaudois ont changé sous la persécution et sont devenus Protestants pour survivre. Après qu’ils ont cessé d’être Subordinationistes, c’est peu étonnant qu’ils ont observé le dimanche. En effet, leurs historiens postérieurs prétendent qu’ils ont toujours été ainsi. Au quinzième siècle, les vallées ont subi une intense persécution de la part du duc de Savoie, forçant un grand nombre à émigrer en 1434. En 1475, l’Inquisiteur Acquapendente, après avoir visité la vallée Luserna, a contraint les suzerains à supprimer la religion là-bas et à obéir à l’Inquisition. Une rébellion a résulté qui a emmené l’intervention du duc Charles I en 1484. La première attaque sérieuse, avec des forces armées, a eu lieu sous Philip II (régent de Savoie en 1490 et duc en 1496) en 1494, mais Philip a été si désastreusement défait qu’il a fait la paix avec eux pendant 40 ans. Adeney admet qu’il n’est pas facile d’être clair, quant aux vues théologiques des Vaudois pendant cette période.

Quand nous rencontrons une déclaration Vaudoise de croyances, elle est postérieure à la Réformation et elle est caractérisée par des doctrines et des phrases distinctes de ce mouvement. Le premier Protestantisme était en partie négatif, dans le rejet des enseignements Catholiques Romains et des pratiques qui ne pouvaient pas être justifiées par le NT et, dans la mesure où il était positif, un retour à la simplicité et à la spiritualité de l’adoration qu’on croyait être la caractéristique de l’Église primitive (Adeney, p. 668).

Quand la Réformation a éclaté, les seuls groupes organisés sur le continent étaient les Vaudois et, plus tard, les Hussites ou les Frères Bohèmes, tous les deux désignés Vaudois par les Protestants et les Catholiques Romains (Adeney, ibid.). Ainsi l’application de ces noms est imprécise, même au temps de la Réformation. Les doctrines des premières périodes ne peuvent pas être établies avec certitude. Cependant, il n’y a aucun doute qu’ils étaient des Unitaires Subordinationistes, classifiés comme Ariens et qu’ils célébraient le Dîner du Seigneur. Cette pratique était normalement associée avec ceux qui observaient le Sabbat. C’est cependant la pratique des Protestants observant le dimanche de se référer parfois à l’Eucharistie comme le Dîner du Seigneur. Si on suppose que la pratique a été utilisée en sa référence habituelle, alors, logiquement, la compréhension du Sabbat précède celle de la Pâque/du Dîner du Seigneur. Les textes ci-dessus les identifient comme des gens observant le Sabbat. Adeney n’aurait probablement pas mal compris le terme Dîner du Seigneur.

Les Vaudois ont eu un synode à Piémont en 1531, pour discuter le rapport des doctrines Protestantes par George Morel. Ils étaient divisés sur la question d’accepter le Protestantisme. Les deux groupes ont été nommés Conservateurs et Innovateurs (voir Adeney, notez p. 668). Il n’y a donc aucun doute que leurs doctrines originales n’étaient pas Protestantes. À partir de ce moment-là, ils se sont fusionnés avec les Protestants. Le rejet de Rome et du rituel Médiéval, qui était considéré comme idolâtre, la spiritualité de l’adoration et l’utilisation de l’Écriture dans le vernaculaire étaient des vues Vaudoises qui ont trouvé un appui apprécié des puissants et nouveaux réformateurs Protestants. À partir de 1532 et du synode de Chamforans à Angrogna, un certain nombre de réformes ont eu lieu.

  1. L’adoption de l’adoration publique par les ÉglisesVaudoisesau lieu de réunions secrètes;

  1. Une condamnation absolue de la tradition de certainsVaudoisd’assister à des services Catholiques (Il fait peu de doute que cela s’est développé par crainte de persécution (voir aussi Apoc. 2:20-22));

  1. Une acceptation des vues des réformateurs sur la prédestination, les bonnes œuvres, les serments, le rejet de la confession obligatoire, les jeûnes du dimanche, le mariage du clergé et les deux sacrements.

Les questions ont été votées par l’assemblée et supportées par la grande majorité.

Les Vaudois, du côté français des Alpes, qui étaient pour la plupart des conservateurs, ont été fusionnés avec le Protestantisme français. La persécution en Bohême et dans le Sud de l’Italie a presque exterminé les Églises des Vaudois dans ces régions, laissant seulement Piémont et les vallées italiennes des Alpes Cottian, appelé le pays Vaudois, comme le seul habitat important (Adeney, p. 669) bien que plusieurs ont été dispersés parmi les Protestants suisses et allemands.

En 1536, Piémont a été sous le dominion du Français Francis I et ce, jusqu’en 1559. William de Furstenburg, un Protestant résolu, a été nommé gouverneur et il était ami des Vaudois. Il a laissé le frère du réformateur Farel en charge de Luserna et les Vaudois ont prospéré mais ils étaient néanmoins, à ce moment-là, bel et bien Protestants. Il est, par conséquent, trompeur de dire qu’ils ont toujours été des adorateurs du dimanche, parce qu’ils n’ont même pas été des Trinitaires avant la fin du quatorzième siècle et, alors, seulement sous la persécution. En fait, il se peut que cela ne soit pas arrivé avant la Réformation. La pratique de se réunir en secret a sans doute été incitée par la persécution intense. La flexibilité inhérente avec laquelle ils ont vu leur vie religieuse, tout en étant stricts concernant la simplicité biblique de celle-ci, a, sans doute, reflété cela aussi. De plus, l’histoire est écrite par des Trinitaires Protestants qui observaient le dimanche et qui essayaient de développer une origine Protestante continue jusqu’aux Apôtres. Le fait est qu’ils ne voulaient pas une organisation Subordinationiste observant le Dîner du Seigneur. De plus, les manuscrits antérieurs n’étaient pas disponibles à Muston, par exemple.

Les Vaudois ont été persécutés pendant plusieurs années. La pire période a été de 1540-1690. En 1534, il y a eu une destruction systématique des Églises Vaudoises de Provence. Le côté italien des Alpes a été soumis à une guerre intense par Della Trinite, le commandant d’armée pour Philibert, le duc de Savoie. Les Vaudois ont gagné et la paix leur a été  accordée le 5 juin 1561.

Les Vaudois de Calabria ont été persécutés par les troupes espagnoles sous l’Inquisiteur Michele Ghislieri, plus tard le pape Pius V. Les descendants de ceux qui n’avaient pas été anéantis dans la boucherie systématique du treizième siècle ont été persécutés. 2,000 ont été mis à mort et 1,600 emprisonnés. Dans le Piémont, sous les frères Jésuites et Capucins, avec l’aide de soldats, plusieurs persécutions locales ont eu lieu, avec la saisie des bâtiments de l’Église et des amendes aboutissant à la guerre sanglante de 1624, dans laquelle les deux côtés ont souffert. Peter Gilles était le dirigeant à ce moment-là.

Il y a eu une grande persécution sous Louis XIV, quand le jeune Charles Emmanuel II est devenu le duc de Savoie. Sa mère, Marie de Medici, était la fille d’Henry IV et la petite-fille de Catherine de Medici, l’auteur du Massacre de Saint-Batholomew. Un Concile pour la Propagation de la Foi a été établi à Turin. Cinq ans plus tard, le Décret de Gastado a été publié, ordonnant à toutes les familles Vaudoises dans la plaine de retourner dans les montagnes dans les 20 jours, à moins qu’ils ne renoncent au Protestantisme. Au milieu de l’hiver, ils ont souffert énormément avec grand courage. Il semble que c’était un stratagème tactique puisqu’environ 15,000 troupes ont été expédiées à La Torre, malgré le fait que les Vaudois étaient retournés dans les montagnes. Les forces Catholiques ont offert de traiter avec eux et elles leur ont ouvert les passes de montagne. Ils ont été systématiquement massacrés et il y a eu quelque 1,712 martyrs selon le calcul de Jean Léger, l’auteur d’une histoire des Waldenses (noté par Adeney, p. 670). Ce massacre, avant la révocation du Décret de Nantes (en 1685) a choqué l’Europe. Cromwell a proclamé un jeûne. Il a fait rédiger par Milton une lettre au roi de France et aux princes Protestants. Il a envoyé sir Samuel Morland au duc de Savoie en signe de protestation. L’intervention de Cromwell a eu un effet. Mazarin a ordonné au duc de mettre fin à la persécution et d’accorder l’amnistie aux Protestants.

En 1686, l’année après le Décret de Nantes, Louis XIV a envoyé une lettre à son cousin, Victor Amadeus II, duc de Savoie, demandant qu’il persécute les Vaudois, comme il persécutait les Huguenots, car ils prenaient  refuge chez les Vaudois. Quand la persécution a commencé, les Protestants suisses à Bâle sont intervenus en offrant l’exil en Suisse aux Vaudois. Les émissaires suisses ont réussi avec grande difficulté à persuader les Vaudois d’accepter cet exil. Le 9 avril 1686, le duc a signé un décret autorisant l’exil. Cependant, certains, qui avaient accepté l’exil, ont, malgré tout, été saisis et emprisonnés. Les Vaudois ont résisté après cette rupture des termes. La guerre a commencé et, avant la fin de l’année, 9,000 avaient été tués et 12,000 faits prisonniers dont plusieurs de ceux-ci sont morts dans les cachots de Piémont. Il en est resté environ 200 dans les montagnes et ils ont conduit une guérilla tellement persistante, qu’ils ont finalement obtenu la libération de tous les prisonniers qui avaient survécu et leur sauf-conduit en Suisse. 3000 survivants ont été libérés en 1687. Ils se sont mis en route à travers les Alpes pour Genève (un voyage moyen de douze jours) et plusieurs ont péri dans la neige. Cela a été fait malgré la protestation des suisses et les enfants en bas de douze ans ont été retenus pour être instruits comme des Catholiques. Ils ont été dispersés aussi loin que Brabdenburg, Prussia, Wurtemberg et le Palatinate, pour empêcher leurs tentatives de retourner.

Les Vaudois ont repris le contrôle de leur patrie par une invasion, montée de la Suisse avec environ 1,000 hommes, le 16 août 1689. Dans la vallée de Jaillon, après une marche de six jours, ils ont défait une force d’environ 2,500 troupes françaises sous le marquis de Larry. Les Français ont perdu 600 hommes et les Vaudois en ont perdu 15 et ont eu 12 blessés, bien qu’ils en aient perdu 116 en chemin. Les Vaudois ont combattu de La Basiglia et mené une guerre de montagne au cours du printemps de 1690.

Le 23 mai 1694, le décret de Victor leur a accordé la liberté religieuse. Le pape Innocent XII a dénoncé le décret, sur quoi le sénat à Turin a désavoué le décret papal et en a interdit la publication dans le duché, sous  peine de mort. Ils auraient été dans une privation sévère sans l’aide de l’Angleterre et de la Hollande. William et Marie et, plus tard, la reine Anne les ont aidés chaleureusement comme Cromwell l’avait fait dans les années précédentes (voir Adeney, p. 671). L’histoire des Vaudois en est une d’oppression sévère et intermittente au cours des siècles qui ont suivi. Ils ont peu de relation avec les Églises de Dieu du fait qu’ils avaient depuis longtemps renoncé au Subordinationisme distinctif et à d’autres caractéristiques de l’Église. Mais ils sont intéressants dans l’étude sur la façon que la papauté a traité les non-Catholiques quand elle avait le pouvoir d’agir. S’ils avaient pu, ils auraient tué tous les Vaudois, jusqu’à ce qu’ils les aient exterminés sur la face de la terre.

La Croisade Albigeoise

Les Cathares, les Albigeois ou Vaudois ont été persécutés après avoir été protégés au début par Raymond VI, comte de Toulouse, peut-être lui-même un Albigeois. Raymond a été excommunié par Pierre de Castelnau, légat d’Innocent III en 1207. Un écuyer du comte a, plus tard, tué de Castelnau. Le pape a immédiatement déposé Raymond qui, soumis par la peur, a expulsé les Albigeois de son territoire, faisant  pénitence publique, le 18 juin 1209, devant l’Église de St-Gilles. Quand les croisés, qui étaient assemblés au nord de la France, ont envahi Languedoc, Raymond a participé à la croisade et aidé dans le siège de Béziers et Carcassonne en 1209. En retournant à Toulouse, il s’est soustrait à son obligation et il a été excommunié par le Concile d’Avignon. Raymond est allé à Rome et il a été reçu par Innocent III, mais ses propriétés ont été envahies par Simon de Montfort en son absence. En 1212, il retenait seulement Toulouse et Montauban. Son beau-frère Pierre, roi d’Aragon, est venu à son aide, mais il a été tué dans la bataille de Murat en 1213. En 1215, Simon de Montfort a assiégé Toulouse et Narbonne. Raymond n’a pas résisté mais il a accepté des termes humiliants du légat papal. Il a été privé de ses propriétés et s’est retiré en Angleterre, cherchant plus tard la faveur d’Innocent  III au Concile de Lateran de 1215. De l’exil à Aragon, Raymond VI a rassemblé ses troupes et repris Toulouse, le 7 novembre 1217, la défendant plus tard contre Simon de Montfort, qui a été tué, le 25 juin 1218 (C.E., Vol XII, art. Raymond VI, p. 670).

Raymond VII a essayé de parer une nouvelle croisade, en prêtant allégeance à l’assemblée à Bourges, en 1226, mais une nouvelle croisade a été décidée. Louis VIII (céda les droits au Sud par Amaury de Montfort) a pris Avignon et occupé le Languedoc sans résistance, mais il est mort en retournant au Nord à Montpensier, le 8 novembre 1226. Blanche de Castille n’a pas pressé la guerre contre Raymond qui a alors pris plusieurs places d’Imbert de Beaujeu, sénéchal du roi de France. En 1228, des nouvelles bandes de croisés ont commencé à piller Toulouse. Bientôt, Raymond a perdu presque toutes ses forteresses et a dû demander la paix à Blanche de Castille. Après la conférence de Meaux, Raymond est retourné à Paris et il a fait pénitence publique, le 12 avril 1229, dans l’Église de Notre Dame. Il a promis de démolir les murs de Toulouse et il a donné sa fille Jeanne en mariage à Alphonse de Poitiers, frère du roi Louis IX. Il est retourné à Toulouse et, tenant la promesse extraite de lui, il a permis l’établissement de l’Inquisition (Bréhier C.E., Vol XII, Raymond VII, ibid.). Ainsi, la protection donnée aux Albigeois ou Vaudois observant le Sabbat a été enlevée par la force. Chaque chevalier  vagabond et opportuniste en Europe était encouragé à entraîner sur Toulouse et le Sud de la France. La zone a été attaquée de tous les côtés et quand les alliés ne pouvaient pas être incités à faire ainsi, ils étaient eux-mêmes harcelés. L’objet entier de la croisade était pour permettre l’Inquisition dans le Sud de la France et en Espagne pour exterminer les Sabbatati. Avec l’enlèvement effectif du seul suzerain favorable, la foi Unitaire et de l’observance du Sabbat a été persécutée jusqu’à l’extinction virtuelle ou l’apostasie. Ces gens n’avaient commis aucun crime. Ils étaient un actif pour leur suzerain et vertueux envers leur Dieu. C’est seulement pour cette raison qu’ils ont été chassés et détruits. Le Concile de Toulouse de 1229 a publié des canons contre les Sabbatati.

Canon 3 – Les lords des zones différentes feront diligemment fouiller les villas, les maisons et les bois et détruiront les places où les hérétiques se cachent.

Canon 14 – Les laïcs ne doivent pas être autorisés à posséder les livres de l’Ancien ou du Nouveau Testament (Héfèle 5, 931,962).

  1. C. Lea devait parler contre l’Inquisition et sa persécution des Vaudois (History of the Inquisition of the Middle Ages, Vol. I, en particulier p. 96). Des milliers ont été torturés à mort par l’Inquisition ou tués dans les croisades. Il est allégué que :

Tandis qu’ils dévastaient la ville de Biterre, les soldats ont demandé aux dirigeants Catholiques comment ils pourraient savoir qui étaient les hérétiques; Arnold, l’abbé de Citeaux, a répondu : ‘ tuez-les tous, car le Seigneur connaît qui Lui appartient (p. 96).

On peut voir qu’il y avait une tradition plus ou moins continue de Subordinationisme d’observance du Sabbat partout dans le Sud de l’Europe jusqu’au treizième siècle. Ces groupes ont été nommés Pauliciens, Petrobusiens, Pasaginiens (Passaginiens), Vaudois, Sabbatati ou Insabbatati. Un écrit de l’Inquisiteur romain Reinerus Sacho (c. 1230) maintenait que la secte des Vaudois étaient très vieille. Elle précédait donc Valdes de plusieurs siècles.

Les Sabbatati étaient aussi connus par le nom Pasigini. En faisant référence aux Pasigini qui observaient la Sabbat, Hahn devait dire :

La propagation de l’hérésie en ce moment est presque incroyable. De la Bulgarie à l’Ébro, du Nord de la France au Tiber, nous les rencontrons partout. Des pays entiers sont infestés, comme la Hongrie et le Sud de la France; ils abondent dans beaucoup d’autres pays; en Allemagne, en Italie, aux Pays-Bas et même en Angleterre ils font des efforts (Gesch. der Ketzer, 1,13,14).

Bonacursus est aussi cité contre eux de cette façon :

Pas quelques-uns mais plusieurs connaissent quelles sont les erreurs de ceux qui sont appelés Pasigini…. D’abord, ils enseignent que nous devrions observer le Sabbat. De plus, pour augmenter leur erreur, ils condamnent et rejettent tous les Pères de l’église et l’Église Romaine entièrement (D’Archery, Spicilegium I, f, 211-214; Muratory Antiq. medævi. 5, f, 152, Hahn 3, 209).

Les prêtres (Hahn) ont soi-disant répondu à l’accusation d’observer le quatrième commandement en déclarant que le Sabbat symbolisait le repos éternel des saints.

Des traces de personnes observant le Sabbat ont été trouvées à l’époque de Grégoire I, Grégoire VII et au douzième siècle en Lombardy (Encyclopædia 1 de Strong, 680). Cette application générale s’étend de l’Italie à travers l’Europe.

Robinson donne un compte rendu de quelques Waldenses des Alpes, qui ont été appelés Sabbati, Sabbatati, Inzabbatati, mais plus fréquemment Inzabbatati. ‘On dit qu’ils ont été ainsi nommés du mot hébreu Sabbat parce qu’ils observaient le samedi comme le jour du Seigneur’ (General History of the Baptist Denomination, Vol. II, p. 413).

En fait, c’était à cause de l’incapacité d’éradiquer les Subordinationistes Sabbatati que les croisades du treizième siècle ont été implémentées. En Espagne, la persécution était spécifiquement dirigée contre les Vaudois parce qu’ils observaient le Sabbat.

Alphonse, roi d’Aragon, etc, à tous les archevêques, évêques et à tous les autres…. Nous vous commandons que les hérétiques, à savoir, les Waldenses et les Insabbathi, devraient être expulsés loin de la face de Dieu et de tous les Catholiques et ordonnés de partir de notre royaume (Marianæ, Præfatio in Lucam Tudenæm trouvé dans Macima Bibliotheca Veterum Patrum, Vol. 25, p. 90).

Après les croisades et malgré l’Inquisition, le système existait toujours.

Louis XII, roi de France (1498-1515), étant informé par les ennemis des Waldenses, qui peuplent une partie de la province de Provence, que plusieurs crimes atroces leur ont été attribués, a envoyé le maître des Demandes et un certain docteur de la Sorbonne, pour faire enquête sur cette question. À leur retour, ils ont rapporté qu’ils avaient visité toutes les paroisses, mais qu’ils ne pouvaient pas découvrir de traces de ces crimes dont ils ont été accusés. Au contraire, ils ont observé le jour du Sabbat et les ordonnances du baptême, conformément à l’église primitive et instruit leurs enfants dans les articles de la foi Chrétienne et les commandements de Dieu. Le roi, ayant entendu le rapport de ses commissaires, a dit avec un serment qu’ils étaient de meilleurs hommes que lui ou son peuple (History of the Christian Church, Vol. II, pp. 71-72, troisième édition, Londres, 1818).

L’étendue et la distribution des sectes appelées Cathares et Albigeoises

Les groupes existants à l’époque des Vaudois, particulièrement dans le Sud de la France et en Espagne  étaient appelés, comme nous l’avons vu, Cathares et Albigeois. Cathare, comme ils ont été nommés, vient du grec katharos ou pur. Ils étaient ainsi, littéralement des puritains. Nous voyons, cependant, que les Vaudois existaient en même temps et au même endroit et avaient les mêmes doctrines. Nous avons donc affaire avec des branches de la même foi. Le terme Cathare est ancien. Les Novations du troisième siècle étaient connues comme Cathares et le terme a aussi été utilisé des Manichéens. Weber déclare :

Cathare était une désignation générale pour les sectes dualistes du Moyen Âge postérieur. Plusieurs autres noms étaient en vogue pour dénoter ces hérétiques. Sans parler des formes corrompues comme ‘Cazzari’,  ‘Gazzari’ en Italie et ‘Ketzer’ en Allemagne, nous trouvons les appellations suivantes : ‘Piphli’, ‘ Piphles dans le Nord de la France et en Flandre; ‘Ariens’, Manichéens et ‘ Patareni ‘ suite à des similitudes doctrinales réelles ou présumées; ‘Tesserants’, Textores (Tisserands), du commerce que plusieurs membres faisaient. Parfois ils étaient faussement stylisés ‘Waldenses’ par leur contemporains. Par le démagogue Arnold de Brescia et l’évêque hérétique Robert de Sperone, ils étaient appelés ‘Arnoldistae’ et ‘Speronistae’. À cause de leur distribution géographique, ils ont eu les noms de ‘Cathari de Descenzano’, ou ‘Albanenses’ de Descenzano entre Brescia et Verona ou d’Alba dans le Piémont, Albano ou peut-être de la province de l’Albanie; ‘Bajolenses’ ou ‘Bagnolenses’ (de Bagnolo en Italie); ‘Concorrezenses’ (probablement de Concorrezo en Lombardy); ‘Tolosani’ (de Toulouse) et particulièrement Albigeois d’Albi. Les désignations ‘Pauliciani’ desquelles ‘Publicani’, ‘Poplicani’, étaient probablement des corruptions et ‘Bulgari’, ‘Bugri’, ‘Bougres’, indique leur origine Orientale probable (N. A. Weber C. E., art. Cathari, Vol. III, p. 435)

Weber semble essayer de complètement divorcer les Waldenses de ces sectes et à tort. Il admet que :

L’Europe de l’Est semble avoir été, à un moment donné, le premier pays où le Catharisme s’est manifesté et il a été certainement le dernier à en être libéré. Les Bogomili, qui étaient les représentants de l’hérésie dans sa forme dualiste plus nuancée, ont peut-être existé aussi tôt qu’au dixième siècle et, à une date ultérieure, ont été trouvés en grand nombre en Bulgarie. La Bosnie était un autre centre de Cathares. Certains auteurs récents ne font aucune distinction entre les hérétiques trouvés là et les Bogomili, tandis que d’autres les classent avec les dualistes rigides. Dans les documents contemporains Occidentaux, ils sont d’habitude appelés ‘Patareni’, la désignation appliquée à ce moment-là aux Cathares en Italie.

Il y a un modèle aisément identifiable dans le mouvement de ces peuples. La source est facilement identifiée comme les Pauliciens, qui étaient installés à Thrace. Les premières colonies étaient donc en Albanie et en Bulgarie. De là, il se sont répandus en Bosnie. Les Bulgares ont embrassé le Catharisme qui, par définition, prescrivait la sainteté du mariage et qui était pratiqué comme tel par toutes les sectes de puritains. Les Bogomils semblent avoir développé une forme pervertie du système, parmi les ordres monastiques et le clergé orthodoxe. Ce système semble avoir causé une controverse sérieuse parmi les Bulgares et aussi dans les Balkans. Il n’y a aucun doute que tous les groupes étaient mariés et ont eu des enfants au cours des siècles, dans tous les secteurs généraux où ils se sont installés. Affirmer qu’ils ont imposé le célibat est absurde.

La raison que les Cathares ont été appelés Pauliani (ou Pauliciens) était parce qu’ils ont embrassé ces doctrines. L’affirmation que les épîtres étaient relatives est une supposition.

Les sectes étaient littéralistes bibliques, comme les déclarations de leurs doctrines l’indiquent. La raison de leur appellation Cazzari et Sabbatati n’est pas si difficile à comprendre. Les Khazars ou Cazzars avaient été convertis au Judaïsme c. 740. Ils ont occupé le secteur de la Crimée, vers l’est, au-delà de la Caspienne jusqu’à l’Aral et la Rivière Oxus. Ils se sont répandus au nord en remontant le Volga jusqu’au Sud de Bulgare et ils étaient suzerains des secteurs au Nord de Bulgare ainsi qu’à l’Est et à l’Ouest. Ils ont gouverné le Nord-Ouest jusqu’en Ukraine. Ils ont observé le Sabbat et les Jours Saints ainsi que les lois de l’alimentation comme les Pauliciens semblent avoir fait. Les Khazars ont donné une aide militaire aux Magyars dans leur invasion de la Hongrie. Les Magyars semblent avoir été une de leurs tribus alliées, dans l’établissement de leur empire. Le royaume juif khazar a duré d’approximativement 700-1016. Les fugitifs juifs se sont enfuis de la Grèce vers les Khazars en 723. Les cartes de leur distribution et influence sont trouvées dans Atlas of Jewish History (l’Atlas de l’Histoire juive) de Martin Gilbert, la 3ème édition, Dorset Press, 1984, pages 25-26. Ces Khazars ont invité des Rabbins dans le royaume et ils avaient une correspondance avec les Juifs espagnols. Ils ont été identifiés par Koestler (The Thirteenth Tribe, Popular Library, New York, 1976) comme les descendants des Ashkenaz, les descendants de Gomer (Genèse 10:3). Ashkénaze signifie les gens d’Ashkénaz. La tentative de réfutation de Koestler par Zvi Ankori dans Genetic Diseases Of Ashkenazi Jews (les Maladies Génétiques des Juifs d’Ashkénaze) est peu convaincante.

Le centre Ashkénaze était le Pieu de Colonisation, qui s’est étendu de la Crimée, au Nord-Ouest vers la Baltique (voir Atlas of Jewish History, p. 43). On peut voir le secteur comme plus ou moins une réorientation de Khazaria. C’est arrivé des attaques russes, qui ont commencé en 970. En 1016, une expédition commune russe-byzantinne a finalement détruit le royaume Khazar. Cela a eu pour effet d’affaiblir le secteur, de déplacer les Juifs Khazars et d’ouvrir la voie pour les invasions mongoles de 1215. Cela a chassé les Khazars encore plus à l’ouest. Il y a eu des mouvements juifs hors de la Crimée à partir de 1016 (en direction sud vers Constantinople, Trebizond et Alexandrie et vers le nord-ouest à Kharkov et Chernigov) et en 1350 (à Kiev) et en 1445 (en Lithuanie). Les persécutions en Hongrie entre 1349 et 1360 ont repoussé les Juifs au nord à Tarnapol (voir Atlas of Jewish History, pp. 45-46). Ce n’est donc pas surprenant que certains se soient convertis à une forme de Christianisme, qui avait des doctrines apparentées au Judaïsme et qui avait aussi été persécutée avec eux, sur une même échelle de temps. Certains ont joint l’Orthodoxie Russe. La plupart sont restés Juifs Ashkénazes et ont été absorbés dans Juda. Bien que les Ashkénazes soient, encore aujourd’hui, distincts, étant physiologiquement différents des Juifs Séfarades de l’Espagne, de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Est. La persécution des Juifs a été sévère en Europe, généralement, particulièrement en Espagne et aussi au Portugal. Cela a concordé en gros avec la persécution des Puritains, sous leurs noms différents.

Les Cathares Bosniens

Au douzième siècle, Kulin, le dirigeant civil de la Bosnie, a embrassé le Catharisme avec 10,000 de ses sujets. Les Catholiques sous Innocent III, Honorius III et Grégoire IX ont essayé de les exterminer sans succès. Le pape Nicholas IV (1288-92) a envoyé des Franciscains en Bosnie. Il a été dit que les Hongrois ont essayé de supprimer les Cathares en Bosnie, mais les Cathares ont identifié leur religion avec leur indépendance. Le roi bosniaque Thomas a été converti au Catholicisme au quinzième siècle et publié des décrets sévères contre ses cobigots. Ils étaient 40,000 en nombre. Ils ont quitté la Bosnie pour Herzegovina en 1446. L’hérésie a disparu après que les Turcs ont conquis le secteur. Plusieurs milliers sont devenus orthodoxes tandis que beaucoup plus sont devenus Musulmans. Cela, en soi-même, indique que le mouvement était Unitaire. Les commentaires de Weber (C.E., p. 437) quant au célibat obligatoire des Cathares sont peu crédibles. On ne peut pas maintenir une population pendant des siècles sans reproduction, comme ils n’étaient pas libres de faire du prosélytisme. Les pratiques, retrouvées parmi les moines Bogomils, sont à peine indicatives des pratiques d’une populace générale qui ne fait pas une vie monastique et qui, en effet, la condamne. Le reste de ces gens est tout probablement allé au Nord en Transylvanie où les Sabbatati sont apparus. La conversion des membres de l’empire Khazar a aussi été accompagnée par le mouvement des sectes de Puritains en Hongrie et en Trans-Carpathia/Roumanie. Les sectes en Hongrie ont été appelées, en allemand, Sabbatharier parce qu’elles observaient le Sabbat.

L’histoire de ces sectes est restée plus ou moins intacte jusqu’à la fin du dix-neuvième siècle, quand elle a été écrite par le docteur Samuel Kohn, le Grand rabbin de Budapest, Hongrie. L’œuvre est DIE SABBATHARIER IN SIEBENBURGEN Ihre Geshichte, Literatur, und Dogmatik, Budapest, Verlag von Singer & Wolfer, 1894; Leipzig, Verlag von Franz Wagner. Le texte a été traduit et publié par CCG avec un avant-propos de W. E Cox, et est disponible à partir de l’édition CCG à l’adresse internet : www.ccgpublishing.org

Kohn dit que : “Comme idéal à continuer étape par étape pour aller vers le Christianisme original et vrai, les coutumes religieuses Juives et les lois prescrites par l’Ancien Testament, qui avaient initialement été jugées et rejetées par le Christianisme, ont été en réalité reprises et pratiquées.” Il semble n’avoir aucune idée de l’ère Vaudoise de grande ampleur avant la Réforme dont ces Sabbatariens avaient émergé.

Selon Kohn, ils étaient semblables aux Ébionites et à d’autres Chrétiens Judaïques des premiers siècles après Christ. Ceux, qui observaient le Sabbat parmi les Carpates, formaient un groupe désuni avant 1588, quand Andreas Eossi est devenu leur chef. Les deux concentrations principales étaient dans les villes de Szekely-Keresztur (aujourd’hui la ville roumaine de Cristuru-Secuiesc) et Korospatak (aujourd’hui Bodoc). Les villages principaux où les Sabathariers ou ceux qui observaient le Sabbat ont résidé, vers la fin du seizième siècle, étaient les résidences hongroises de Nagy Solymos, Kis Solymos, Uj-Szekely, Szent-Demeter, Ernye, Ikland, Bozod, Bozod-Ujfalu et la résidence personnelle d’Andreas Eossi. Peu de temps après la mort d’Eossi, en 1599, une apostasie est survenue.

… Les auteurs d’une partie de la littérature étaient Enok Alvinczi, Johannes Bokenyi, Thomas Pankotai et Simon Pechi (l’associé le plus proche d’Eossi) (Marx, ibid.).

En outre, en 1579, l’Église Unitarienne s’est scindée en deux parties – les observateurs du Sabbat et les adorateurs du Dimanche. Ils différaient des protestants en trois doctrines principales :

  1. refus de croire en la Trinité et ils ont étéappelés Anti-Trinitaires ;
  2. refus de croire au baptême des enfants ;
  3. refus de croire en la divinité de Christ.

Francis Davidis a été considéré comme le fondateur de l’Église Unitarienne de Transylvanie en 1566. C’est à la mort de Davidis mort en 1579 que l’église Unitarienne s’est scindée. En 1568 et 1569, Davidis avait soutenu la vue commune des Sabbatariens que l’Esprit Saint n’est pas Dieu (mais la puissance de Dieu) et qu’il ne devait pas être adoré “parce que les prophètes et les apôtres n’enseignent pas un tel culte nul part” (Kohn, tr. p22). En 1571, il publie un traité sur la différence entre “l’adoration et le culte de Dieu et de Jésus (ibid.).” En 1578, il a publié les quatre thèses sur le non-culte [ou non-adoration] de Jésus-Christ (ibid.).

Eossi a accepté la foi Unitarienne en 1567. Les doctrines sous son administration sont presque identiques à celles d’aujourd’hui.

  1. Le Nouvel An, La Pâque, les Jours des Pains sans Levain, la Pentecôte, les Trompettes couvrent comme une nouvelle Lune,le Jour des Expiations, la Fête des Tentes, le Dernier Grand Jour.
  2. Les Dix Commandements.
  3. Les Lois de la Santé (ne pas manger de sang, de porc, d’animaux étranglés).
  4. Le Millénium va durer 1000 ans. Le Christ reviendra au début, et rassemblera Juda et Israël.
  5. L’utilisation du calendrier sacré de Dieu conformément au système du Temple.
  6. Deux différentes résurrections : l’une à la vie éternelle au retour de Christ ; l’autre pour le jugement à la fin des 1000 ans.
  7. Nous sommes sauvés par la grâce, mais les lois de Dieu doivent toujours être observées.
  8. C’est Dieu qui appelle les hommes à Sa vérité. Le monde, en général, est aveuglé.
  9. Christ était le plus grand des prophètes, le plus saint de tous les hommes, le “Seigneur crucifié”, le Chef Suprême et le Roi des vrais croyants, le bien-aimé et saint Fils de Dieu.’’

Aux pages 62-67 de l’œuvre de Kohn, (pp. 54ff. de la traduction) l’Ancien Recueil de chants du Sabbat (Old Sabbath Songbook) est discuté. Le livre de cantiques a été écrit en Hongrois et seulement huit cantiques montrent le nom de l’auteur dans un acrostiche. Il y avait Eossi, Enok Alvinczi, Janos Bokenyi, Thomas et Simon Pankotai Pechi.

Le Vieux Livre de Cantiques Sabbatarien, celui-ci contient au total une centaine et deux hymnes de dévotion pour des occasions diverses, parmi lesquelles pas moins de 44 sont pour le Sabbat. En plus, il y a cinq cantiques pour la Nouvelle Lune, 11 pour la Fête de la Pâque [et Pains sans Levain], 6 pour la Fête des Semaines, 6 pour la Fête des Tabernacles, 3 pour la fête du Nouvel An, 1 pour la Fête (sic) des Expiations, 26 pour les différentes occasions de la vie quotidienne (Kohn, tr. p. 55).

Il n’y a donc aucun doute que l’Église a observé les Sabbats et les Nouvelles Lunes et les Jours Saints, dans cet ordre d’importance. Le Jour des Trompettes n’est pas répertorié étant donné qu’il était couvert par les hymnes pour les Nouvelles Lunes qui ont eu la priorité. Ainsi, dans les premiers stades, ils n’ont pas observé Rosh Hashana. La Fête de la Nouvelle Lune répertoriée dans la séquence par Kohn est considérée comme s’appliquant au Nouvel An réel en Abib. Sa relocalisation à la position des Trompettes (aussi le Rosh Hashanah observé plus tard) est considérée comme une innovation tardive Judaïsante. L’erreur de limiter le rôle permanent du sacrifice de Christ, affirmée par Kohn est une erreur tardive Judaïsante et n’a jamais été soutenue par les églises qui observent le Sabbat, avec le  temps (Kohn, tr. P. 78).

Simon Pechi a repris les Sabbatariens en Transylvanie en 1623 et la foi Sabbatarienne prit un penchant Judaïsant particulier jusqu’en 1638. La session du tribunal à Des en 1638 a brisé la force du soi-disant mouvement Judaïsant. De ce procès, en 1638 à 1869 une progression Judaïsante a eu comme conséquence la conversion d’un élément au judaïsme qui a formé la base des œuvres de Kohn. Il y avait d’autres éléments toujours en existence qui ont continué la foi originelle observant les Sabbats, les Nouvelles Lunes et les Fêtes et les lois de l’Alimentation avec la même théologie telle que nous la pratiquons aujourd’hui.

En 1637, on croyait qu’il y avait entre 15,000 et 20,000 Sabbatariens en Transylvanie. À la fin du dix-septième siècle, les Sabbatariens étaient toujours représentés dans au moins onze villes et villages en Transylvanie. La déclaration de 1867 par le Parlement Hongrois de la liberté religieuse à toute confession religieuse, y compris les Juifs a permis aux Sabbatariens de quitter leurs dénominations Chrétiennes et se révéler eux-mêmes, et certains (non pas la plupart comme Kohn essaie de faire valoir) sont devenus Juifs. L’avant-propos de la traduction, explique les circonstances dans lesquelles Kohn a écrit et les erreurs qu’il a affirmées.

À l’époque, Kohn a admis qu’il est peu probable que la plupart rejoignent les Juifs (c. 1894) :

Le plus grand groupe de personnes observant le Sabbat aujourd’hui en Transylvanie – et ils sont des milliers – sont situés dans les secteurs d’Oluj et Sibiu. L’évêque de Cluj – la deuxième plus grande ville de la Roumanie – observe le Sabbat.

Ces gens étaient présents en Trans-Carpathia et en Roumanie jusqu’à ce siècle, quand ils ont été sous la domination communiste et ont émergé récemment comme deux groupes distincts observant le Sabbat, dont un observe tous les autres aspects, comme ils ont fait des siècles auparavant. Par conséquent, l’Église Européenne, qui pourrait peut-être être dénommée l’ère de Thyatire, vit toujours, comme Christ leur a promis dans Apocalypse  2:25-26.

Le Sabbat en Grande-Bretagne

L’observance du Sabbat se retrouvait en Angleterre depuis les conversions initiales. La Grande-Bretagne a certainement été introduite au Christianisme très tôt et Tertullian de Carthage (un auteur rhétorique) dans Against the Jews

Se vante que ‘des parties de la Grande-Bretagne inaccessibles aux Romains ont été en effet conquises  par Christ ‘. Cela a été écrit environ deux cents ans après la naissance de Christ (Christian England d’Edwards, Vol. I, p. 20).

Le secteur de Glastonbury a été maintenu sous le contrôle des Anglais jusqu’à ce qu’Ine, le roi des Saxons de l’Ouest (688-722), l’occupe. Il a trouvé là une Église en bois déjà révérée comme ancienne. Il a donné de vastes territoires à son clergé et elle a survécu jusqu’à ce qu’elle soit brûlée complètement en 1184. Le premier martyr Chrétien enregistré par les Romains en Grande-Bretagne est Alban. Il semble avoir été un soldat romain, qui a abrité un prêtre Chrétien qui s’était échappé de la Gaule et qui l’a baptisé (Edwards, p. 21). Gildas et Bede parlent aussi des martyrs Aaron et Julius à Caerleon. Le nom d’Aaron suggère qu’il était Juif (Edwards, ibid.).

Il y avait cinq Chrétiens britanniques, y compris trois évêques au Concile d’Arles en 314. Eborius, évêque de York, Restitutus, évêque de Londres, Adelfius, évêque de Lincoln (mais ce n’est pas certain puisque le scribe a écrit Colonia Londoninensium plutôt que Colonia Lindensium), un prêtre et un diacre (Edwards, ibid.).

L’empereur Constantin avait été déclaré Augustus ou empereur à York le 25 juillet 306, à la mort de Constantius, son père.

Constantius avait été sympathique aux Chrétiens en Gaule, qui étaient Subordinationistes Unitaires. Constantin avait facilité le Concile à Nicée en 325 et Athanasius note que les évêques britanniques présents étaient d’accord avec ses décrets. Edwards considère qu’il est probable, que l’Église en Grande-Bretagne est restée une minorité concentrée dans les villes (p. 22). Il est plus probable que les éléments, qui étaient sympathiques à la position Athanasienne, étaient concentrés ainsi et dans la vile minorité. Les autres étaient des Subordinationistes observant le Sabbat qui s’étendaient de l’Irlande à l’Écosse. Il est bon de noter que Pelagius, le théologien bien connu, est né en Grande-Bretagne vers 380 et les liaisons doctrinales avec les Églises en Gaule ne sont ainsi pas accidentelles. Il a souligné la liberté et la capacité de l’homme à coopérer avec la grâce de Dieu (Edwards, p. 23). Cette doctrine était en conflit avec la doctrine d’Augustin de Hippo, sur le caractère pécheur complet de l’homme, qui doit compter totalement sur le pardon et le pouvoir de la Rédemption, illustré par la prière Augustinienne

Accorde ce que tu commandes et commande ce que tu veux (ibid.).

Rome est tombé en 410 aux soi-disant barbares. Les Vandales, qui en sont venus à occuper Rome, étaient, en fait, des Chrétiens iconoclastes Unitaires observant le Sabbat, des soi-disant Ariens. Le vandalisme vient du fait que les Vandales ont détruit les images gravées des Romains idolâtres et qu’ils ont ensuite été l’objet d’une mauvaise presse par les historiens postérieurs. C’est une question de record que leur occupation de Rome a été exemplaire. Pelagius est allé vivre en Afrique, un peu stupidement près d’Augustin, son ennemi. Cela a plus tard résulté en son excommunication et sa mort en Palestine. Son choix de localité peut indiquer que Pelagius n’était pas d’accord avec les doctrines de ses ancêtres du Nord ou qu’il n’aimait peut-être pas le froid. L’affirmation est faite que Prosper, le chroniqueur contemporain, aurait allégué que l’hérésie Pélagienne a été répandue là par Agricola, le fils d’un évêque. L’évêque Germanus a été convoqué d’Auxerre en Gaule en 429 et il a été accompagné par l’évêque voisin, Lupus de Troies. On doit se rappeler que Lupus de Troies était un moine de Lérins. C’était le centre à partir duquel la Gaule a été redirigée vers le système romain. Nous avons donc affaire avec des mystiques Athanasiens qui utilisaient la force romaine pour vaincre le système britannique qui est accusé de Pélagianisme. Ils ont fait cela prétendument non seulement dans les églises, mais aux carrefours et dans les champs et les chemins (Edwards, ibid., p. 23). La prédication aux carrefours a été utilisée, parce que les Romains et les Européens voyaient les carrefours comme des centres de la déesse Hécate, desquels la signification de la croix s’est développée. C’était pour cette raison que les Subordinationistes ou Unitaires étaient des iconoclastes, particulièrement par rapport aux croix. Les évêques ont accompagné une expédition militaire contre les Picts et les Saxons au Nord. Germanus avait été un duc ou un commandant militaire, avant son ordination. L’Église et les évêques de Gaule ont pris, sous le système romain, une nouvelle forme étrange comme puissance.

La Grande-Bretagne a été affaiblie par le mouvement des forces à l’extérieur de la Grande-Bretagne. En 383, l’espagnol né Chrétien, le général Magnus Maximus,  marié à la britannique Hélène, a amené ses troupes sur le continent et s’est déclaré empereur. À partir de ce moment-là, la défense a été inadéquate. En 407, un autre Constantin a amené ses troupes sur le continent pour faire de même. Aucune monnaie romaine gravée après cette date n’a été trouvée en Grande-Bretagne. Rome a été alors coupée dans les grandes invasions barbares de la Gaule et de l’Italie en 410. Les Anglais ont alors invité les Saxons. L’Église Romaine-britannique constituait seulement une très petite partie de la Grande-Bretagne Chrétienne et elle a été limitée à la partie romanisée et urbanisée du Sud et du Sud-Est du Wash à Exeter, le deuxième secteur étant York, le Nord-Ouest jusqu’à Carlisle et la côte Cumbrian ou la fin occidentale de la zone militaire (Edwards, p. 25). L’Église Celtique a, par ailleurs, été reconnue pour avoir été la centralité d’une foi Chrétienne fervente (Edwards, p. 27). Les Celtes reconnaissaient la sainteté de la Bible, la prenaient littéralement et lui obéissaient de tout cœur ; même les lois de l’alimentation de l’Ancien Testament étaient reçues comme la loi de Dieu. Les Celtes étaient organisés en tribus qui semblent avoir été d’origines raciales mélangées.

Ce qui les a unis n’était pas une armée et une administration avec des centres urbains, comme dans la civilisation romaine, mais une culture commune forte basée sur leur foi partagée (Edwards, p. 27).

Il est donc facile de voir pourquoi les évêques romains ont dû aller à la campagne, pour argumenter contre la soi-disant hérésie Pélagienne, si, en effet, c’est ce que c’était. Il est difficile d’imaginer un argument raffiné sur la doctrine de la grâce et de la prédestination ayant lieu parmi des païens. Par conséquent, nous avons affaire avec deux Christianismes existants en Grande-Bretagne et avec celui des Anglais ou des Celtes, le supérieur et le plus biblique. Il a été supprimé seulement là où les Romains ont pu dominer.

Le Catholicisme n’a pas été établi en Grande-Bretagne avant la conversion des Angles par Augustin de Canterbury. Ethelbert, le roi de Kent, a été converti au Catholicisme à la Pentecôte 597 (selon Lives of the Saints de Butler, éd. Walsh, éd. concise, p. 158) et plusieurs (environ 10,000) sujets ont été baptisés au festival païen de Noël de la mi-hiver de 597. Les Chrétiens de la Grande-Bretagne étaient, jusqu’à ce moment-là, principalement, pour ne pas dire  exclusivement, tous des Subordinationistes Unitaires observant le Sabbat, les lois de l’alimentation et les Jours Saints. Rome ne les a dominés qu’à partir du Synode de Whitby en 663 à l’Abbaye d’Hilda où ils se sont soumis sous la contrainte. Columba d’Iona a observé le Sabbat et a prédit sa mort le Sabbat, le samedi, 9 juin 597 (Lives of the Saints de Butler, Vol. 1, art. St. Columba, p. 762). Butler dit, dans sa remarque en bas de la page, que la pratique d’appeler le Sabbat le jour du Seigneur n’a pas commencé avant mille ans (Life of Columba d’Adamnan, Dublin, 1857, p. 230. Cela a aussi été commenté par W. T. Skene dans son œuvre Adamnan’s Life of St. Columba, 1874, p. 96).

L’Historien Catholique Bellesheim (History of the Catholic Church in Scotland, Vol. 1, p 86) commente sur le Sabbat en Écosse.

Nous semblons voir ici une allusion à la tradition observée dans la première Église monastique d’Irlande, d’observer le jour du repos le samedi ou le Sabbat.

James C. Moffatt (The Church in Scotland, p. 140) dit que :

Il semble avoir été usuel dans les églises celtiques des premiers temps, en Irlande aussi bien qu’en Écosse, d’observer samedi, le Sabbat juif, comme un jour de repos du travail. Ils ont obéi au quatrième commandement littéralement le septième jour de la semaine.

Flick (The Rise of the Mediæval Church, p. 237) dit que :

Les Celtes ont utilisé une Bible latine différente du Vulgate (R.C) et observé le samedi comme un jour de repos, avec des services religieux spéciaux le dimanche.

En Écosse, jusqu’au dixième et onzième siècle, il a été affirmé que :

Ils ont travaillé le dimanche mais observé le samedi d’une manière Sabbatique… Ces choses, Margaret les a supprimées (A History of Scotland from the Roman Occupation d’Andrew Lang, Vol. I, p. 96; voir aussi Celtic Scotland, Vol. 2, p. 350).

Les Écossais ont observé le Sabbat jusqu’à l’époque de la reine Margaret, selon Turgot (Life of Saint Margaret, p. 49)

 

C’était une autre de leur tradition de négliger la révérence due au jour du Seigneur, en se consacrant à toute sorte d’affaires temporelles, ce jour-là, comme ils faisaient les autres jours. Que cela était contraire à la loi, elle (la reine Margaret) leur a prouvé aussi bien par la raison que par l’autorité. ‘Vénérons le jour du Seigneur,’ a-t-elle dit, ‘à cause de la résurrection de notre Seigneur, qui est arrivé ce jour-là et ne faisons plus des travaux serviles, ce jour-là; en nous rappelant qu’en ce jour, nous avons été rachetés de l’esclavage du diable. Le pape béni Grégoire affirme de même. ‘

Skene commente aussi (Celtic Scotland, Vol. 2, p. 349) sur la reine Margaret et ses activités contre l’observance du Sabbat en Écosse :

Son point suivant était qu’ils ne révéraient pas dûment le jour du Seigneur mais, dans ce dernier cas, ils semblaient avoir suivi une tradition dont nous trouvons des traces dans la première Église d’Irlande, selon laquelle ils considéraient le samedi comme étant le Sabbat pendant lequel ils se reposaient de tous leurs travaux.

Lewis (Seventh Day Baptists in Europe and America, Vol. 1, p. 29) dit :

Il y a beaucoup de preuves que le Sabbat a prévalu au Pays de Galles universellement jusqu’en 1115 AD, quand le premier évêque romain a été assis à St-David. Les vieilles églises galloises observant le Sabbat n’ont pas alors toutes ensemble plié le genou à Rome, mais se sont enfuies dans leurs cachettes.

L’observance du Sabbat a connu un renouveau pendant l’Ère Élisabéthaine.

Dans le règne d’Élisabeth, il est venu à l’esprit de plusieurs penseurs consciencieux et indépendants (comme précédemment avec certains protestants en Bohême) que le quatrième commandement exigait d’eux l’observance, pas du premier, mais du ‘septième’ jour de la semaine spécifié (Chambers Cyclopædia, article Sabbath, Vol. 8, 1837, p. 498; citation embrouillée).

James I d’Angleterre a renvoyé le juge en chef Coke en 1616, mettant fin à la tentative de limiter le pouvoir du roi via les cours. Il y a eu une série de persécutions des Protestants pendant ce temps. Sur la publication du livre Book of Sports en 1618, une violente controverse a éclaté parmi des théologiens anglais, à savoir si le Sabbat du quatrième commandement était en force et, deuxièmement, sur quelle base le premier jour de la semaine méritait d’être observé, comme le Sabbat (Haydn’s Dictionary of Dates, art. Sabbatarians, p. 602). Mme Traske, une enseignante, a été emprisonnée en 1618, pendant quinze ou seize ans, à Maiden Lane, une prison pour ceux en désaccord avec l’Église d’Angleterre. Elle avait refusé d’enseigner le jour du Sabbat et voulait enseigner seulement cinq jours par semaine (Heresiography de Pagitt, p. 196).

Entretemps, sur le continent Européen, la bataille pour la domination Catholique et le contrôle du continent était en force. Cette guerre, qui a commencé en 1620, était en réalité, un conflit Catholique/Protestant. Les Hapsburgs ont cherché à imposer le contrôle Catholique et Impérial de l’Europe. En 1618, les Bohémiens s’étaient rebellés contre Ferdinand de Hapsburg, qui allait bientôt devenir l’empereur allemand. La couronne bohémienne a été donnée au Protestant Elector Palatine. Cela a, en fait, précipité la Guerre de Trente Ans. En 1620, les Hapsburgs ont regagné le contrôle de la Bohême et la persécution à cause du Sabbat a recommencé.

En 1628, malgré les tentatives anglaises pour l’arrêter, le cardinal Richelieu, premier ministre de Louis XIII, a pris la forteresse Française-Protestante de La Rochelle et détruit le pouvoir des Huguenots.

En 1639, les Covenantaires écossais, des Protestants intransigeants, se sont rebellés contre Charles I qui essayait de leur imposer un nouveau livre de prière (World History Factfinder de McEvedy, Century, London, 1984, p. 88).

En 1642, la Guerre Civile a commencé entre le roi et le parlement. Désormais, les divisions religieuses ont vu l’émergence de la théologie Unitarienne avec des gens comme Milton, Isaac Newton et d’autres. Cromwell est devenu le symbole de ceux opposés à la domination et à la persécution Catholiques.

En 1647, Charles I a mis en doute les Commissaires Parlementaires et il a affirmé que l’adoration, le dimanche, provient directement de l’autorité de l’Église.

Car ce ne sera pas trouvé dans l’Écriture que le samedi ne doit plus être observé ou remplacé par le dimanche; par conséquent, ça doit être l’autorité de l’Église qui a changé l’un et institué l’autre (Sabbath Laws de R. Cox, p. 333).

La supposition est ici que le rejet de la papauté implique nécessairement l’autorité des changements qui reposent entièrement sur les Conciles de l’Église, comme l’observance du dimanche. La logique place le Protestantisme dans une position dangereuse. Milton a identifié cette logique et dit :

Il sera sûrement beaucoup plus sûr d’observer le septième, selon le commandement express de Dieu, que d’adopter le premier sur l’autorité d’une simple conjecture humaine (Sab. Lit. 2, 46-54).

En 1648, le traité de Westphalia a mis fin à la Guerre de Trente Ans en Europe. Après la Guerre de Trente Ans, les hostilités ont continué entre les Français et les Espagnols. L’émeute à Paris a marqué le début de la longue période de désordre civil, connue comme la Fronde. Aussi, en 1648, George Fox a fondé la Society of Friends (Société des Amis) (appelée Quakers pour la première fois en 1650).

À la même époque, le docteur Peter Chamberlain, médecin du roi James et de la reine Anne et du roi Charles I et de la reine Catherine, a été baptisé (selon son monument : cf. Telegraph Print, Napier selon la note SDA au document des références au Sabbat de publication inconnue, p. 25).

En 1649, Charles I a été exécuté, l’Angleterre déclarée un Commonwealth et Cromwell a écrasé les rebelles irlandais à Drogheda.

La tolérance religieuse, pour ceux qui observaient le Sabbat, a été beaucoup plus grande pendant cette période; cependant, la restauration de Charles II, en 1660, après les promesses d’une amnistie et d’une tolérance religieuse (McEvedy, ibid.) a vu l’observance du Sabbat de nouveau en défaveur. Thomas Bampfield, le Speaker dans un des Parlements de Cromwell, a écrit en faveur de l’observance du Sabbat du septième jour et il a été emprisonné dans la prison Ilchester (Calamy 2, 260). Selon les lettres de Stennet, 1668 et 1670, il y avait environ neuf ou dix églises qui observaient le Sabbat, en plus de beaucoup de disciples dispersés, qui ont été éminemment préservées (Sabbath Laws de R. Cox, ibid., Vol. I, p. 268).

En général, à partir de cette période, l’observance du Sabbat a encouru une migration presque forcée vers l’Amérique. Selon J. Bailey, Stephen Mumford, le premier à avoir observé le Sabbat en Amérique, est venu de Londres en 1664 (History of the Seventh Day Baptist General Conference de J. Bailey, pp. 237-238). En 1671, les Baptistes du Septième Jour se sont dissociés de l’Église Baptiste afin d’observer le Sabbat (voir History de Bailey, pp. 9-10). Cependant, les Pères Pèlerins étaient d’une tradition d’observance du Sabbat (cf. l’étude The Pilgrim Fathers).

L’Europe du Nord

Le Sabbatarisme avait été persécuté en Norvège, depuis au moins le Concile de l’Église à Bergen, le 22 août 1435 et la conférence à Oslo en 1436. Les gens  avaient commencé à sanctifier le Sabbat à différents endroits du royaume et l’archevêque l’a interdit en raison du fait que :

Il est strictement interdit – il est déclaré – dans la Loi de l’Église, à quiconque d’observer ou d’adopter des jours saints, à l’extérieur de ceux que le pape, l’archevêque ou les évêques prescrivent (The History of the Norwegian Church under Catholicism de R. Keyser, Vol II, Oslo, 1858, p. 488).

Au Concile Provincial Catholique de Bergen en 1435, il a été aussi dit :

Nous sommes informés que certaines personnes, dans  différentes zones du royaume, ont adopté et ont observé le samedi.

Il est interdit sévèrement – dans le saint canon de l’église – [pour] quiconque sans exception d’observer des jours sauf ceux que le saint pape, l’archevêque ou les évêques commandent. L’observance du samedi ne doit, en aucun cas, être permise au-delà de ce que le canon de l’église commande. Par conséquent, nous conseillons tous les amis de Dieu partout dans toute la Norvège qui veulent être obéissants envers la sainte église d’abandonner ce mal de l’observance du samedi; pour ce qui est du  repos, nous interdisons, sous peine d’une punition sévère de l’église, de sanctifier le samedi (Dip. Norveg., 7, 397).

La Conférence de l’Église à Oslo de 1436 a déclaré :

Il est interdit sous la même pénalité de sanctifier le  samedi en s’abstenant de travailler (History of the Norwegian Church etc, p. 401).

En 1544, l’avertissement a été donné à nouveau.

Certains d’entre vous, contrairement à l’avertissement, observent le samedi. Vous devriez être sévèrement punis. Quiconque sera découvert à observer le samedi, doit payer une amende de dix marques (History of King Christian the Third, Niels Krag et S Stephanius).

Il est donc évident que l’observance du Sabbat était devenue bien établie en Norvège, sur une période d’au moins cent ans.

Le Sabbatarisme et, au moins, la compréhension du Sabbat du septième jour étaient aussi existants en Norvège à partir de la Réformation, selon des commentaires faits dans des notations ou des traductions : par exemple, voir Documents and Studies Concerning the History of the Lutheran Catechism in the Nordish Churches, Christiania, 1893; et aussi Theological Periodicals for the Evangelical Lutheran Church in Norway, Vol. 1, Oslo, p. 184. L’observance du Sabbat s’est aussi répandue en Suède où elle a été continuellement supprimée.

Ce zèle pour l’observance du samedi a continué pendant une longue période de temps : même les petites choses qui pouvaient renforcer la pratique d’observer le samedi  étaient punies (Évêque Anjou, Svenska Kirkans Historis, (après) Motet i Upsala).

La pratique s’est étendue en Finlande et le roi Gustavus Vasa I de la Suède a écrit aux gens de la Finlande.

Il y a quelque temps, nous avons entendu dire que certaines personnes en Finlande étaient tombées dans une grande erreur et avaient observé le septième jour, appelé samedi (State Library at Helsingfors, Reichsregister, Vom. J., 1554, Teil B.B. feuille 1120, pp. 175-180a).

Toutefois, des églises observant le Sabbat ont  existé  en Suède jusqu’à ce jour.

Nous essayerons maintenant de montrer que la sanctification du Sabbat a sa base et son origine dans une loi que Dieu à la création même a établie pour le monde entier et, en conséquence de cela, qu’elle engage tous les hommes de tous les âges (Evangelisten (l’Évangéliste), Stockholm, 30 mai au 15 août 1863 : organe de l’Église Baptiste suédoise).

Les formes d’observance du Sabbat au Nord avaient, cependant, dégénéré en une forme de Protestantisme Trinitaire de laquelle le Subordinationisme était complètement éliminé. Les Protestants avaient commencé à simplement adopter le Sabbat, plutôt que la pureté des concepts bibliques. Le Pasteur M. A. Sommer a commencé à observer le septième jour et a écrit un article sur le vrai Sabbat dans le journal de son église Indovet Kristendom, No 5, 1875. Il a écrit dans une lettre à l’Aîné Adventiste John G. Matteson.

Parmi les Baptistes ici au Danemark, il y a une grande agitation concernant le commandement du Sabbat… Cependant, je suis probablement le seul prédicateur au Danemark qui suis si près des Adventistes et qui depuis plusieurs années ai proclamé la seconde venue de Christ (Advent Tidente, mai 1875).

Les restes de l’Église originale étaient, cependant, toujours dans le Sud-Est. Luther avait aussi noté (Lectures on Genesis, 1523-27) que les Sabbatariens existaient, à ce moment-là, en Autriche. Ceux-ci semblent avoir été les restes des Vaudois Sabbatati. Il a, en fait, préconisé l’observance du Sabbat.

Dieu a béni le Sabbat et l’a sanctifié pour Lui. Dieu a voulu que ce commandement concernant le Sabbat  demeure. Il a voulu que, le septième jour, la parole soit prêchée (Commentary on Genesis, Vol. 1, voir pp. 133-140).

L’observance du Sabbat en Allemagne et en Hollande a été supprimée vigoureusement et plusieurs ont été martyrisés. Barbara de Thiers a été exécutée en 1529. Un autre martyr, Christina Tolingen, a nié la véracité des jours saints Catholiques et s’en est tenu au Sabbat du septième jour (Martyrology of the Churches of Christ,  communément appelés Baptistes, pendant l’ère de la Réformation, du hollandais T. J. Van Bracht, Londres, 1850, 1, pp. 113-114).

L’observance du Sabbat en Allemagne n’a pas été écrasée et elle a été adhérée par des gens comme Tennhardt de Nuremburg, qui observait strictement le Sabbat (Leben und Werken de BengelBurk, p. 579). Il a semblé maintenir que le dimanche avait été désigné par l’Antéchrist (K. I. Austug aus Tennhardt’s “Schriften”, 1712, p. 49).

Nous avons noté plus tôt la suppression de l’observance du Sabbat en Belgique, des siècles avant la Réformation. Ceux, qui observaient le Sabbat, ont trouvé refuge au  Lichtenstein à partir d’environ 1520, sur la propriété du seigneur Leonhardt de Lichtenstein

car les princes de Lichtenstein s’en sont tenus à l’observance du vrai Sabbat (History of the Sabbath de J. N. Andrew, p. 649).

Cette pratique au Lichtenstein a été attaquée par Wolfgang Capito.

Les Sabbatariens enseignent que le Sabbat extérieur, c’est-à-dire samedi, doit toujours être observé. Ils disent que dimanche est l’invention du pape (Refutation of Sabbath de Wolfgang Capito, 1599).

Le Sabbatarisme avait pénétré en Russie avant la Réformation et il a été condamné à un Concile de Moscou en 1503.

Les accusés [qui observent le Sabbat] ont été convoqués; ils ont ouvertement reconnu la nouvelle [sic] foi et ils l’ont défendue. Les plus éminents parmi eux, le secrétaire d’État, Kuritzyn, Ivan Maximow, Kassian, archimandrite du Monastère [Enterre ?] de Novgorod, ont été condamnés à mort et brûlés publiquement dans des cages à Moscou : le 19 décembre 1503 (H. Sternberg Geschichte der Juden [in Polen], Leipsig, 1873, pp. 117-122).

Sternberg note:

Mais la majorité s’est déplacée en Crimée et dans le Caucase où ils restent fidèles à leur doctrine malgré la persécution jusqu’à présent. Les gens les appellent Subotniki ou Sabbatariens (Geschicte der Juden in Polen de Sternberg, p. 124).

Il y a peu de doute que les Sabbatati ou Vaudois étaient importants en Bohême, même en 1500.

Erasmus témoigne que même aux environs de 1500, ces Bohémiens ont, non seulement, observé le septième jour scrupuleusement, mais ils ont aussi été appelés Sabbatariens (The Literature of the Sabbath Question de R. Cox, Vol. II, pp. 201-202; cité de nouveau dans Truth Triumphant, p. 264).

La citation de R. Cox semble dire :

Je constate d’un passage dans Erasmus qu’au début de la période de la Réformation quand il a écrit, il y avait des Sabbatariens en Bohême qui ont non seulement observé le septième jour, mais il a été dit qu’ils étaient … scrupuleux dans le repos pendant ce jour-là (Literature of the Sabbath Question du Dr. R. Cox, Vol. II, pp. 201-202)

 

Armitage et Cox (ibid) notent une existence des Bohémiens Sabbatati bien établie en 1310.

En 1310, deux cents ans avant les thèses de Luther, les frères Bohémiens constituaient le quart de la population de la Bohême et ils étaient en contact avec les Waldenses qui abondaient en Autriche, en Lombardie, en Bohême, dans le nord de l’Allemagne, en Thuringie, à Brabdenburg et en Moravie. Erasmus a fait remarquer comment les Waldenses de Bohême observaient  strictement le Sabbat du septième jour (A History of the Baptists d’Armitage, p. 318; et aussi R. Cox, ibid.).

En Moravie, quelques observateurs du Sabbat ont été dirigés par le comte Zinzendorf en 1738 quand il a écrit d’observer le Sabbat.

Que j’ai utilisé le Sabbat pour le repos depuis plusieurs  années déjà et notre dimanche pour la proclamation de l’évangile (Budingache Sammlung, Leipzig, 1742,  Section 8, p. 224).

Les Moraviens sous Zinzendorf ont quitté l’Europe pour aller en Amérique, en 1741, où Zinzendorf et les frères Moraviens ont résolu avec l’église à Bethléem aux États-Unis d’observer le septième jour comme le jour du repos (ibid., pp. 5,1421,1422). Leur doctrine de la Divinité n’est pas claire. Rupp observe qu’avant que Zinzendorf et les Moraviens à Bethléem ont commencé l’observance du Sabbat et prospéré, il y avait un petit groupe d’allemands qui observaient le Sabbat en Pennsylvanie (History of Religious Denominations in the United States de Rupp, pp. 109-123). L’histoire des Bohémiens et des Moraviens de 1635 à 1867 est décrite par Adolf Dux. Il dit :

La condition des Sabbatariens était affreuse. Leurs livres et leurs écrits ont dû être livrés au Consistoire Karlsburg pour devenir la proie des flammes (Adolf Dux Aus Ungarn, Leipzig, 1880, pp. 289-291).

La suppression de l’observance du Sabbat a continué dans des secteurs de la Roumanie, de la Tchécoslovaquie et des Balkans. En 1789, elle a continué et le décret de tolérance de Joseph II ne s’appliquait pas aux Sabbatariens, dont certains ont de nouveau perdu tous leurs biens (Jahrgang 2, 254). Des prêtres catholiques, aidés par des soldats, ont forcé les Sabbatariens à accepter le Catholicisme Romain nominalement, en travaillant le samedi et en assistant à des services le dimanche sur une période de deux cent cinquante ans. L’exclusion du statut d’Église aux Églises du Sabbat dans les décrets de tolérance, en particulier celui du Parlement hongrois de 1867, est aussi notée par Samuel Kohn SABBATHARIER IN SIEBENBURGEN op. cit. et dans les notations de l’œuvre de Gerhard O. Marx op. cit. (Voir ci-dessus); (cf. Kohn The Sabbatarians in Transylvania, traduit par T. McElwain et B. Rook, éd. W. Cox, CCG Publishing, États-Unis 1998).

À partir de 1588, l’Église en Roumanie et en Hongrie, sous Andreas Eossi, a été niée de l’utilisation des presses à imprimer et elle a dû publier son matériel par un système de duplication manuelle. Cette Église a existé en Trans-Carpathia et en Roumanie (principalement à Oluj et à Sibiu) c. 1894 et ils étaient Sabbatati, appelés Sabbathariers (le suffixe arier semble indiquer Arien [peut-être parce qu’ils étaient des non-juifs observant le Sabbat ou peut-être que c’était un terme erroné pour Arien] observateurs du Sabbat). Ces gens existent maintenant en Ukraine et dans les secteurs Nord des emplacements de 1894. Ils étaient Unitariens.

L’autre Tradition Chrétienne

Une notation faite par Clavis Calendaria de Brady (I-II, Londres, 1812, pp. 313-314) dit que la première Église maintenait que la naissance de Christ était arrivée pendant la Fête des Tentes. Les premiers Chrétiens, qui ont été notés comme étant Israélites, tout en se conformant à l’année romaine avec la Nativité le 1 janvier, ornementaient leurs églises avec des rameaux verts à la Fête des Tentes, comme un mémorial que Christ était, en réalité, né à ce moment-là, de la même façon que les Juifs érigeaient des cabines ou des tentes. Brady soutient que cela est à l’origine de la décoration avec des rameaux de la scène de la Nativité à Noël.

L’Empire de 1260 Jours

On peut voir qu’il y a un brin continu de Subordinationistes ou d’Unitaires observant le Sabbat, à travers les siècles dans le monde Chrétien, qui court côte à côte avec l’Église Catholique et que l’Église Catholique a passé des années à essayer de supprimer. Parfois, il a été très près de l’extermination. Dans pratiquement chaque situation où l’Église Orthodoxe a été dans une position de pouvoir, elle a utilisé tous les moyens à sa disposition pour introduire une Inquisition, utilisant la technologie de son jour pour exterminer ce système.

La période du Saint Empire Romain a commencé en 590, avec les déclarations du pape Grégoire I. La papauté est devenue le véritable dirigeant de Rome, avec la désintégration du pouvoir Romain de l’Est en Italie (voir McEvedy, ibid., p. 41). Ce système est resté comme une image de la bête romaine pendant 1260 ans. En 1846, la dernière Inquisition a pris fin. Elle avait duré pendant 23 ans, de 1823 à 1846 et 200,000 personnes ont été condamnées à mort, à la prison à vie, à l’exil ou aux galères, seulement dans les États de la papauté.

1.5 millions autres ont été placés sous la surveillance et le harcèlement policiers continuels.

Il y avait une potence permanente dans la place centrale de chaque ville et de chaque village. Les chemins de fer, les réunions de plus de trois personnes et tous les journaux étaient interdits. Tous les livres étaient censurés. Un tribunal spécial siégeait en permanence à chaque place pour juger, condamner et exécuter l’accusé. Tous les procès étaient conduits en latin. Quatre-vingt-dix-neuf pour cent des accusés ne comprenaient pas les accusations contre eux. Chaque pape a déchiré le flot de pétitions qui venaient constamment, demandant la justice, la franchise, la réforme de la police et du système de prison (voir The Decline and Fall of the Roman Church de Malachi Martin, Secker et Warburg, Londres, 1981, p. 254).

Les révoltes étaient supprimées par des exécutions en masse, les travaux forcés à vie, l’exil ou la torture, en utilisant des troupes autrichiennes (ibid., p. 254). Le pape Grégoire XVI a supprimé une révolte par une boucherie en masse des rebelles. La fin de l’empire de 1260 ans a commencé par les révolutions en Italie et en Europe de 1848 (voir McEvedy, p. 151). Le pape Pius IX a été rétabli à Rome par des troupes françaises, le 12 avril 1850. Cependant, il était sans pouvoir. L’armée de Garibaldi a encerclé Rome, le 19 avril. Il y a eu un vote pris pour l’indépendance de la papauté, pour que les États Papaux joignent la République. Le vote seulement à Rome était 46,785 pour et 47 contre. À travers les États papaux, le résultat a été 132,681 pour et 1,505 contre (Martin, p.255). C’était un rejet total de l’autorité papale. Huit mois plus tard, le Parlement italien a passé la Loi des Garanties :

Le pape est un souverain indépendant, le Parlement reconnaît ; il a l’inviolabilité personnelle et l’immunité et la liberté de venir et d’aller, de tenir des conclaves, des conciles, des consistoires, comme il veut. Il possède le Vatican, le Latéran, les bureaux Papaux et Castel Gandolfo. Il aura un revenu annuel de 3,225,000 lires.

Pius a déchiré la copie de la loi en disant : “nous serons un prisonnier.” (Martin, p. 255).

L’empire est ainsi venu à sa première ou grande conclusion. Il y a eu une résurrection mineure qui s’est terminée en 1871, quand le pape a perdu de nouveau complètement tout pouvoir temporel. Les Églises du Sabbat étaient en sécurité pour l’instant, mais elles étaient presque mortes. Sardes régnait (Apoc. 3:1 suiv.).

En Chine, il semble que la fin des 1260 ans a été célébrée par la Révolution Taiping de 1850. Hung Hiu-Tsen s’est proclamé empereur et il a pris Nanjing et Shanghai (McEvedy, p. 151). L’observance du Sabbat  était un facteur principal et un stimulus. Selon un de leurs officiers (Lin-Le), sous Hung, tout l’opium, le tabac et toutes les boissons intoxiquantes étaient interdits et le Sabbat religieusement observé (Lin-Le The Ti-Ping Revolution, Vol. I, pp. 36-48,84). Lorsqu’on leur a demandé pourquoi ils observaient le Sabbat du septième jour, les Taipings ont dit que, premièrement, la Bible l’enseignait et, deuxièmement, leurs ancêtres l’observaient comme un jour d’adoration (A Critical History of the Sabbath and the Sunday aussi noté dans la publication SDA, p. 27).

L’empire de 1260 ans est dérivé d’Apocalypse 12:6 et 12:15, où on a donné à la femme les ailes du grand aigle (Christ selon l’Exode), afin qu’elle puisse s’envoler dans le désert, où elle doit être nourrie pour un temps, des temps et la moitié d’un temps. Du système des temps prophétiques, c’est basé sur l’année prophétique de 360 jours ou 360 ans. Il y a donc une dualité possible à cette prophétie. Cependant, la signification principale est que la durée est de 1260 ans (360 x 3.5). Le point de début de cette prophétie est 590 EC. L’affirmation que les 1260 ans ont commencé avec les batailles romaines à Busta Gallorum et fini avec la déposition de Napoléon en 1814, est complètement fausse. Belisarius a pris la Sicile et l’Italie de 535-540 des Ostrogoths mais ils ont contre-attaqué avec succès en 540. En 568, les Lombards ont envahi l’Italie. Ils ont été déplacés de la Hongrie par les Avars. La fin du système n’était pas en 1814. Waterloo a été combattu en 1815, non en 1814.

Napoléon avait, en fait, licencié ou aboli le Saint Empire Romain en 1806. Toutes les propriétés des Hapsburg sont devenues la propriété de l’Empire autrichien, avec l’allemand comme la langue officielle. Napoléon avait annexé les propriétés papales en 1808 (McEvedy, p. 135). En 1815, la Conférence de Vienne a produit un règlement qui a redessiné la carte de l’Europe. La conférence a rétabli les monarchies autrichiennes et  prussiennes. Le Saint Empire Romain a été reconstitué comme une Confédération allemande, sous la Présidence autrichienne. La Suède a gagné la Norvège du Danemark, mais elle a perdu son dernier pied sur le Continent (McEvedy, p. 140). Entre 1815 et 1848, il y a eu seulement un changement de frontières dans le secteur couvert par le Congrès et seulement deux dans toute l’Europe. Le premier était simplement pour reconnaître que la tentative par le Congrès d’unir la Belgique et la Hollande avait échoué (les Belges ont expulsé les Hollandais en 1830). Le deuxième était l’indépendance des Serbes des Ottomans en 1817. Les Grecs ont fait une tentative d’indépendance totale en 1821.

Par conséquent, l’affirmation que le Saint Empire Romain a pris fin en 1814 est une fiction de propagande émanant des églises aux États-Unis. La base semble provenir du fait que les Américains étaient ignorants de la politique continentale. Les Adventistes aux États-Unis ont essayé de proclamer la venue du Messie depuis 1842. Les affirmations de la venue de 1842-44 ne pouvaient pas être faites si la prophétie d’Apocalypse  concernant les 1260 ans était toujours en développement. Les Adventistes ont donc commodément ignoré le licenciement de 1806 et la reconstitution de 1815 du Saint Empire Romain et ont commodément cessé la période en 1814. Ce mensonge a été accepté par les Adventistes américains et d’autres ramifications des Église de Dieu et ce, jusqu’à ce jour. Le résultat final de cette erreur de date est que les affirmations de l’Adventisme concernant 1842-44 sont fausses. Rien ne pouvait arriver puisque les prophéties ne pouvaient pas avoir été accomplies à ce moment-là. 1850 était le plus tôt qu’ils auraient pu appliquer la fin des 1260 ans et il y a d’autres dates que les ramifications Adventistes-Millérites aux États-Unis n’avaient pas appliquées et n’ont toujours pas appliquées. Le résultat a été désastreux pour l’exposition biblique Sabbatarienne.

Une autre date importante était celle de 663, quand le Synode de Whitby a été tenu à l’Abbaye d’Hilda en Angleterre et les Églises britanniques et tous les Israélites occidentaux ont été forcés d’accepter la domination romaine à la pointe de l’épée. Effectivement, cela a placé tout l’Ouest Chrétien sous la domination du système de la fausse Église. Cela a commencé une autre période de prophétie qui sera détaillée ailleurs. Le résultat final a été que les Chrétiens obéissants ont enduré des tribulations pendant la période. Il y aura une autre épreuve dans les derniers jours (Apoc. 6:9-11) puis, le Messie viendra.

(Note : Des citations importantes qui ont été obtenues d’un journal SDA indéterminé qui avait des citations incomplètes. Certaines étaient extrêmement vieilles ou rares. Deux étaient difficiles à déchiffrer. Les citations ont été authentifiées où cela était possible. Une a été corrigée et une autre complétée. L’érudition est regrettée mais les notations sont considérées importantes).

Contents

One True God:

God exist-Why is God eternal-Many names for God-Which name, which entity-Elohim/Eloah-Elohim plural-How many elohim-Jehovah/Jehovah of Hosts-SHD 3068/3069-Two different beings-God look on sin-God and His Law

Spiritual Creation:

Angel of YHVHIs Christ YHVH-Worship the son-Great Angel OT-Who spoke to Abraham-Who did Moses see-Who talked to Moses and Aaron

Sons of GodHow many sons of God-Difference in heavenly beings-24 Thrones/Elders-4 living creatures-4 rivers/4 Cherubim-Lion headed systems-Who are the host-Cause of rebellion-Cherub rebel-Rebellion-Fallen host repent-Angels male or female Lucifer: Meaning of Lucifer-Satan still has access to God-Satan not always evil- Abaddon/Apollyon Angels: Function of angels-Can we recognise angels-Pray to angels

Physical Creation:

Nephilim: Humans before Adam-Pre/post Adam DNA-Nephilim not resurrected Adam and Eve: Why create man-Mankind’s destiny-Adam rebuke Eve-Life before Adam-Children’s stories-Apple forbidden fruit-Different races-Vegetables or meat first-Physical condition early people Noah: Origin or faces from Noah-Flood worldwide-Noah’s faith Abraham: Blessings for Hagar/Ishmael

The Law:

Two tablets of stone-6 and 4 or 5 and 5-First Commandment-Sabbath-Reading the law Society: Uncleanness until sundown-Not coming near wives-Childbirth-Garments etc-Swearing-Violence on innocent-Death penalty-Tattoos-Owe no man-Gambling Food Laws: Mushrooms-Supplements-Pork and fish-Eating meat-Food and ten commandments Tithes and Offerings: 3 or 7 offerings-Atonement tax-Stealing from God

Israel:

12 Judges-Kings-Numbering of tribes-Order of tribes-Moses: Broken tablets-Wife and children-Hosts of Pharaoh-Red sea-Seven-day march-Fall of Jericho- Red cords-Blood on doorposts-Idols and Images: Golden idol-Why a calf-Worship of images-Golden calf/golden cross-Divisions of Israel

Joshua…Joshua’s life-12 rocks/12 apostles-2 spies

JudgesJudges 9:7-21;Judges 19-Gideon 70 sons-Samson’s hair-Riddle to 30

RuthRuth’s kinsman

1Samuel1Samuel 1:6-17:40-David

1Kings…1Kings chapter 6

2Kings…2Kings chapter 2

EstherEsther 9:13 Nuremburg Trials

Job7 sons 3 daughters-Job of Genesis 46:13

PsalmsPsalm 82-Psalm 187

Proverbs…Proverbs 8 and 9-Proverbs 31

EcclesiastesEcclesiastes 7:1-Birthdays

Prophets:

IsaiahIsaiah 19:23-Isaiah 65:1-6-Isaiah 1:29

Jeremiah…Jeremiah 4:15ff

EzekielEzekiel 46:20;-26:21;-Exekiel’s Temple-Ezekiel 20:37-38

DanielDaniel 12:1-2;-2:43;-7:9-10;-Daniel and 3 in oven-Lion’s den
Hosea…Hosea 2:15

JoelJoel 2:23

MicahMicah 6:4;-5:5

Zechariah…Zecariah 14:16-19

God’s Calendar:

Full moon-Time lost-Number 7-Jubilees: What is a Jubilee-How to count-Blown on Atonement-5 months in 50th or 1st year-End of Jubilee Feasts: Where does he place his name-Assemblies of God-Fat of the Feast-Pentecost: Shavuot-Trumpets: Trumpets blown-Feast of Shofar-New Year-Atonement: Meaning-Tribute tax-Half Shekel

***********************************

FAQ Old Testament

One True God

Why do you believe that God exists? 

A: It is written only a fool says in his heart that there is no God. The entire structure of the creation demands that God exist: From the Laws of Thermodynamics to the phase space volume selection of the universe and Quantum Mechanical theory. The philosophical basis of Causation is singularist and not supervenient. Why would you think that there is no God?

Why do you think God is eternal? The fact that God created us should not mean that God never dies. Maybe your God just had special power to create the whole world and maybe His life has just been very long, of years old.

A: God stands outside of time and space. The Bible is very clear that there is only One True God, whom no man has ever seen or ever can see (John 1:18), and who dwells in unapproachable light and who alone is immortal (1Tim. 6:16).

We know this to be true as the phrase “space volume selection of the universe” is held to be a factor of ten to the tenth, to the 123rd power. It cannot be written in normal denary notation, even if the entire substructure of matter in the universe were to be used. In other words, there is a point of origin, and only one for the entire universe.

We now know from the general theory of relativity and subsequent quantum mechanical theory and its adaptations that a substructure, which we call “quarks”, underpins the basis of matter.

We know from the decay of “K Mesons” that there is directionality to time. We know that the structure of matter in the universe is a directional structure in which Space, Time Mass, Energy and Gravity are equivalent expressions of a single fundamental essence, and that essence we call spirit. The Bible is understood to teach us that God creates it “ex nihilo” or “out of nothing”. This was also the doctrine of the Shepherd of Hermas, the earliest of the writings not now included in the New Testament.

God created the entire spiritual realm, and then he created the physical. This is examined in the papers How God Became a Family (No. 187) and The Purpose of the Creation and the Sacrifice of Christ (No. 160). The structure of the creation and the logical necessity of Singularist Causation and the impossibility of Absolute Creation in the work is shown in Creation: From Anthropomorphic Theology to Theomorphic Anthropology (No. B5). 

I see in my concordance that there are multiple words in Hebrew that are translated as “God.” Do they all mean the same thing? Why do the Hebrews have so many words for God? 

A: No, they don’t all mean the same thing. The various names for God are a function of His activity in the creation. Also, beings carry the name “God” and “Yahovah” when they act for the one true God. The name of God in the singular is “Eloah.” “Elohim” is a plural name, which can be used of singular beings.

In the same way “Yahovah” is used of multiple beings of the angelic host including Christ, but “Yahovih” is not so used. “Yahovih” is “Yahovah of Hosts” who is the “Most High” or the “Elyon.” The term “I am that I am” is a corruption of this idea. The text is “ ‘eyeh ‘asher ‘eyeh” or “I will be what I will become.” The term, “Yahovah” is “He causes to be” as a third person form (see fn. to Exodus 3:14 in the Oxford Annotated RSV). The names of God in the various forms are covered in the texts The Names of God (No. 116) and The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243).

I am confused as to the different names given in the Bible for God. I have read your papers and all makes sense, but it does not tell which name is for which entity. For example, how do you know in Genesis 1:1 that this Elohim is the One True God in the Spirit? In verse 26 it states, “Let us make man in our own image…” That sounds like the plural Elohim and not the One True God. Then I look at 2:4 and on and it states, “YHVH Elohim.” Who is the Elohim in 1:1 and who is YHVH Elohim in 2:4 and how do you know how to distinguish between them? It does say in 2:4 that YHVH Elohim created the Heavens and the Earth. Were they created by YHVH Elohim through His Elohim(s)?

A: Yes, this is a very important question. We have this basic rule. No man has ever seen God, neither heard His voice, nor seen His form (Jn. 1:18). We have this from the mouth of Christ and reinforced by John and Paul. Thus, the beings that are referred to in the Bible as Elohim who were seen or touched were sons of God and not the One True God. This One True God dwells in unapproachable light and no man has seen Him or ever can see Him. All that was experienced by man was delivered by the Great Angel of the Old Testament, who gave the Law to Moses and who became Jesus Christ, or those other sons of God who worked with him and who also bore the name of God. Look at the papers The Names of God (No. 116) and The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243). The One True God, Eloah has created all things by His will and all beings act under His will.

Am I to conclude that we do not know which elohim it is referring to in Genesis 1:1 and it really does not matter because all the Elohim are acting under the direction of Eloah? Do you think it is the sons of Eloah it is referring to because of the plural used in verse 26? So everything was created through the Elohim for Eloah?

A: The word God in Genesis 1:1 refers to Eloah and the first act of creation already completed, which was the extension of Himself as Elohim. Thus, the extended being is Elohim and He creates as Elohim because it involves multiple beings.

Job 38:4-7 shows the concept. He created and the sons of God were gathered together and the Morning Stars sang for joy at the creation of the earth. Thus, all were elohim under the One True God (cf. Jn. 17:3). It is irrelevant who was allocated tasks from the primary creation, which was the generation of the elohim from Eloah. Look at the papers How God Became a Family (No. 187) and The Government of God (No. 174).

Could you explain and define the Hebrew word for God, “Elohim”? Isn’t this a plural word? Are we to understand that it encompasses the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit?

A: The Hebrew word “Elohim” is a plural word meaning both “God;” and “Gods” plural, depending on its use. The singular word for God is “Eloah.” This is “Elahh” in Chaldean. The plural word for God in Chaldean is “Elahhin’” which is the same meaning as Elohim. “The God” is referred to as “Ha Elohim.” The Arabic came from the eastern Aramaic or Chaldean and that is why the Arabic word for God in the singular is “Allah’.” Elohim extends to cover all the sons of God as a council of elohim and a body of spirit beings. The Bible refers to the elohim as a plurality and elohim is rendered as “aggelos” in Greek and “angels” in English. For example, Psalm 8:5 says of Messiah that “Thou hast made him a little lower than the elohim.” This is translated in the English of the KJV as “angels” from the rendering in the Septuagint (LXX) as “aggelos”. The same is true in the Vulgate, and the Syriac. Thus, it was generally understood for three hundred years before and after Christ that the “elohim” were the “sons of God” who were termed “messengers” or “angels.” This text is also rendered “angels” in Hebrews 2:7. The Angel of the Old Testament is also an elohim. Psalm 97:7 also refers to the elohim as a wider council of elohim. It is a very important and interesting point, which is obscured by the Trinitarian system (see the paper Psalm 8 (No. 14)). The Trinity is a pagan system of the Triune God, which was introduced from Rome in the fourth century. Look also at the papers The Elect as Elohim (No. 1); The Angel of YHVH (No. 24); The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243); Creation: From Anthropomorphic Theology to Theomorphic Anthropology (No. B5) and The Soctratic Doctrine of the Soul (No. B6).

In Genesis 1:26 it says man was created in the image of Elohim. In 2:7 it says that YHVH Elohim formed man of the dust. In Revelation 21:17 it refers to the measure of a man, that is, of an angel. It seems to me that it is talking about two different men and maybe two different Gods. Are the words in the ancient text for man in all the places that I referenced the same word? Are we talking about the same beings?

A: The Bible does speak of various elohim. The elohim are a council, as we know from the Psalms and elsewhere. The text in Revelation speaks of the measure of a man as the measure of an angel, and that tells you that we are all brethren and made in the image of God. This aspect also has ramifications about the angelic host. We are all to become brothers and part of the City of God where God is all in all. Look at the paper The City of God (No. 180).

Are Jehovah and Jehovah of Hosts one and the same, or are we talking about different beings? 

A: We are talking about different beings. Yahovah or Jehovah in English (there is no J in Hebrew) was allotted Israel as his possession by the Most High (Deut. 32:8 esp. RSV). The Most High or “Elyon” is Yahovah of Hosts. All beings who act for Yahovah of Hosts have the title, “Yahovah.” Christ was the key figure in the Old Testament as the Great Angel of Yahovah who had this title, but there were others. In Genesis, chapters 18 and 19, we see three Yahovahs who came to see Abraham. The senior remained with Abraham and the other two went on to Lot at Sodom.

They destroyed Sodom by calling down fire from Yahovah in Heaven. Thus there were four there and the One in Heaven who sent the fire down on Sodom. That One is Yahovah of Hosts. He sent Messiah to the world as the giver of the Law and as the protector of Israel. Look also at the papers The Names of God (No. 116); The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243); The Angel of YHVH (No. 24) and Early Theology of the Godhead (No. 127)The creation had a purpose and Christ had a role in the creation given to him by “Yahovah of Hosts” who is “Yahovih” (cf. The Purpose of the Creation and the Sacrifice of Christ (No. 160)).

In your writings you make a distinction between Yahovah (SHD 3068) and Yahovih (SHD 3069). You state that Yahovih (3069) is superior to Yahovah (3068). It is my understanding that the original script is just the Tetragrammaton that is translated YHVH with no vowels. If I am correct, how did the translators come up with 2 different versions of the word and make one superior to the other when they both were YHVH?

A: The Hebrew Text has preserved these distinctions. The alteration by the Sopherim of “Yahovah” to “Adonai” is a basis for the vowel point argument from Adonai. Look at the comments in Strong’s Hebrew Dictionary for 3068 and 3069. You will see there the distinctions. 3068 is read as “Adonai” and 3069 is read as “elohim.”

I was reading the paper Law and the Second Commandment (No. 254) and in Deuteronomy 11:17 ‘Lord’ is referenced both ways in the same verse. Is this a misprint or are we talking about 2 different beings? If so please explain the difference. Also explain 2Corinthians 6:17-18. 

A: The word translated “Lord” in the text is “Yahovah” (SHD 3068) (cf. Green’s Interlinear Bible). The Septuagint makes no distinction in the use of “Kurios,” and it is also translated the same way.

In 2Corinthians 6:17-18, it is speaking of the “Lord Almighty” and there is no distinction. There is a distinction between the entities, as in Zechariah 2:8-11. The “Yahovah” sent to save Israel and Jerusalem is sent by “Yahovah of Hosts.” This is the distinction in Psalm 45:6-7 and seen in Hebrews 1:8-9 as “Messiah.”

Can God look on sin? I heard a sermon where the minister said “God can’t look on sin, that’s why Christ said ‘my God, my God, why have you forsaken me’ as he bore the sins of the world.” Is this true?

A: Yes, God can look on sin but we ask Him not to (Ps. 51:9ff.; Isa. 59:2).

That statement is a myth spread by people who have never read the Psalms properly. The text spoken by Christ was an Aramaic form of the Hebrew in Psalm 22:1. In Psalm 22:24 we read that God did not hide his face from him.

The events in Psalm 22 all refer to Christ and his actual crucifixion. Verse 24 says:

“For He has not despised nor abhorred the affliction of the afflicted; Neither has He hid His face from him; But when he cried unto Him, He heard.”

This fiction is designed to deal with the concept of the reparation for sin without real understanding or acknowledging the Wave Sheaf offering and the true concepts of the Passover. Because they do not obey God’s laws and kept pagan systems, they do not understand Scripture and the Laws of God. The matter of the crucifixion and the aspects of Psalm 22 are examined in the papers on the web at http://www.ccg.org and http://www.logon.org

Ezra 9:15 refers to God being righteous, and Psalm 119:172 refers to God’s Law being righteous. Is there a connection between God and His Law? 

A: God is holy (Ps. 145:17), perfect (Mat. 5:48), righteous (Ps. 145:17), good (Ps. 25:8) and true (Deut. 32:4) and His Law is holy (Rom. 7:12), perfect (Ps. 19:7), righteous (Ps. 119:172), good (Rom. 7:12), and true (Ps. 119:142). This is because the Law proceeds from the nature of God and not from His whim. This is analysed in the papers Distinction in the Law (No. 96) and Love and the Structure of the Law (No. 200).

Spiritual Creation

Angel of YHVH

It was my understanding that “YHVH of Hosts” is the Father and the King is Christ (Zech. 9:9), but in Zechariah 14:16 we are told “all shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the LORD of Hosts.” Does Christ also have this title “YHVH of Hosts” or is this speaking of “worshipping” both the King and YHVH of Hosts?

A: Christ is given the names he is by the Father and acts for the Father under His delegation. God is King of Kings and Lord of Lords, and yet we see Christ coming as King of Kings and Lord of Lords strapped, as a title, to his thigh (Rev. 19:15-16). Only Yahovah of Hosts is worshipped and as such He is King. The title is given to Christ as it is also given to the elect.

Christ is also given a new name in this process, which will also be written on the elect (Rev. 3:12). We have all been redeemed to be a nation of kings and priests (cf. Rev. chs. 4 and 5 for the council and their statements about the saints and the Messiah).

Because some of these titles given to Christ overlap with titles ascribed to Almighty God, many have misconstrued the intent and believed that Christ is somehow God as God is God, being part of a Trinitarian, Binitarian or Ditheistic Godhead.

This is not the case. These titles given to Christ all convey the concept of delegated authority, even as the Mal’ak of YHVH was termed YHVH and Elohim because he represented YHVH of Hosts (Eloah). See the papers Isaiah 9:6 (No. 224) and The Names of God (No. 116))

In Daniel 2:45 we read about the Stone that was cut out of the Mountain and then in Daniel 7:13-14 we read about the coronation of the Son before the Ancient of Days. It appears the Son came from the Father differently than all the other creation. It almost seems like a type of cloning the Father did on Himself. Could you comment on this? If this is different from the creation of angels and the physical creation, then it would be quite acceptable to “worship” the Son in addition to the Father. He really would be in the Father and the Father in Him.

A: Christ was generated by God in the same way all the sons of God were generated by God. Christ was sent to earth in a different way and was the “only born god,” the “monogenes Theos” of John 1:18. The vision of Daniel 2 is covered in the papers on the nature of God series of the Bible Study Program (No. B1). Look especially at the paper How God Became a Family (No. 187).

No, it would not be acceptable to worship the Son as the Father. The Bible is clear that he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are of one origin (Heb. 2:11). The doctrine that Father and Son were one God, and the son was worshipped and came to be sacrificed is the doctrine of Attis, and entered Christianity in the Council of the fourth century. “Have we not all one Father? Hath not one God created us?”(Mal. 2:10)

Who was the great Angel who was with Israel in the Old Testament? 

A: The belief of the Church in the first and second centuries was that this was Christ. He gave the Law of God to Moses. Justin Martyr, in writing to the Roman Emperor (ca. 150) in his “First Apology,” states categorically that it was the belief of the Christian Church that the Great Angel of the Old Testament who gave the Law to Moses was Christ. That is the teaching of the Original Catholic Church. See also www.originalcatholicchurch.org. Look at the papers The Angel of YHVH (No. 24)The Early Theology of the Godhead (No. 127) and The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243).

Who was it who spoke to Abraham? Was it Jesus? Who destroyed the cities?

A: It was the angel of Yahovah who became Jesus Christ. He was termed Yahovah, as were the other two angels who came with him to meet Abraham, and then the other two Yahovahs went on to Lot at Sodom and Gomorrah. They (Yahovah) then called fire down on the cities from Yahovah out of Heaven (Gen. 19:24). This Yahovah in Heaven was Yahovah of Hosts or Yahovih. These matters are explained in the papers: The Elect as Elohim (No. 1); The Angel of YHVH (No. 24); The Names of God (No. 116) and The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243).

If no man has seen God as John states, then who was it that Moses saw? Didn’t he see God? 

A: No, Moses did not see the One True God. Christ said no man has seen his form or heard his voice at any time so also repeated by John and Paul (Jn. 1:18; 1Jn. 5:20; 1Tim. 6:16). The belief of the early Church was that the Angel of the Old Testament that gave the Law to Moses was Christ. See the papers The Angel of YHVH (No. 24); The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243) and Early Theology of the Godhead (No. 127).

In Exodus (referring to the 10 plagues) who was giving Aaron and Moses instructions for the pharaoh?

A: The being that was with Israel in the wilderness was the rock that was Christ. He was the Angel of the Old Testament who gave the Law to Moses at Sinai. This was the teaching of the original Church and it is the teaching of the Church today (cf. Justin Martyr, First Apology). Look at the papers: The Angel of YHVH (No. 24); Early Theology of the Godhead (No. 127) and The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243).

Sons of God

How many sons of God does the Bible say there are? 

A: The sons of God are mentioned in the texts in the Old Testament, but no number is given. Deuteronomy 32:8 shows the nations were allocated to the sons of God according to their number (this was altered later in the Masoretic Text but the RSV has the text correct). So we have 70 by tradition for this, but we know it was much more than that from the vision in Elijah. Job 1:6; 2:1; and 38:4-7 just mentions the sons of God and the Morning Stars.

Job 33:23 indicates there are a thousand in the structure capable of ransoming men. We get the term “myriads” used of them and the term “armies” is also applied to them (Rev. 19:14). The book of Revelation gives a number of 200 million horsemen which are marshalled by the four angels bound at the Euphrates for the time appointed to slay a third of mankind (Rev. 9:16). These may well be men and not of the heavenly host.

We have no way of knowing if this reference is an exhaustive number or not. Thus, the number of the sons of God, sometimes termed Messengers, in the texts is perhaps 200 Million, but certainly numbered as armies. Perhaps they are as many as people have been since Adam. We will know when we get to The City of God (No. 180) and are joined with them as a living Temple and residence for God and the Lamb.

Could you explain the differences between all the heavenly beings – sons of God, Angels, Cherubim, Nephilim? Are all sons of God Angels, and all Angels sons of God?

A: All the heavenly host are sons of God. The ones sent to mankind are messengers, termed angels. These are in ranks and positions: Cherubim, Seraphim, and Morning Stars. All are sons of God. Christ is one of them.

The Nephilim are the product of the fallen host. See the paper The Nephilim (No. 154). They have no resurrection. The demons are the sons of God who fell from grace. We will all be Sons of God. Look at the papers How God Became a Family (No. 187); The Government of God (No. 174) and The Elect as Elohim (No. 1).

Can you explain in a nutshell about the 24 thrones and 24 elders?

A: The inner council of the elohim has thirty beings. These thirty are comprised of the twenty-four elders under the High Priest, who is Messiah. The four Living Creatures are the cherubim around the throne of God. They have the elders allocated to them on the basis of two to a system, with three systems making six to a division. God is in the centre at the throne. This makes thirty.

There are others who then make up the council of the seventy. This structure was reflected in the system in Israel, and at the Tabernacle and the Temple. The twenty-four division high priests and the High priest reflected the council of the elders. The seventy plus two reflected the outer council. Israel was divided into four divisions of twelve tribes, three tribes to a division, and with the priesthood of Levi at the tabernacle or throne (see Numbers 10). The divisions of the priesthood were allotted to the division of the tribes. The structure is also covered in the paper The Government of God (No. 174)Look also at How God Became a Family (No. 187).

What are the 4 living creatures and of what importance are they?

A: The Four Living Creatures are the anointed covering Cherubs that stand before the throne of God. The Ark carries two on the Lapporah or cover and another two stand over them. Look at the papers The Ark of the Covenant (No. 196) and The Meaning of Ezekiel’s Vision (No. 108). The paper The Government of God (No. 174) explains their function.

The four living creatures and the Council discharge function within the Host related to administration and judgment. They are in effect quadrant commanders of the universe and cover the throne of God.

The living creatures represent the four stages of the history of the priesthood and Israel. The first stage was the tabernacle of the wilderness and the Judges. The second stage or cherub was as the first Temple from Solomon to the captivity. The third stage was from the reestablishment after the return to the destruction in 70 CE and the fourth stage was as the era of the seven churches until the return of the Messiah.

Each stage is as a covering cherub that protects the throne of God and by human hands (under the wings) accomplishes His purpose on earth. The living creatures have been described elsewhere in the Bible but the symbolism of the form has a much deeper meaning than that of a created oddity with four different faces. In Revelation 4:6-8 we see the same faces but separate as four living creatures each with one of the faces but with six wings.

Do the four rivers flowing from Eden have anything symbolically to do with the four Cherubim around the throne of God? 

A: Yes, symbolically the rivers represent the four divisions of the creation. The creation and the role of the cherubim have been examined in a number of works. These are The Government of God (No. 174); The Purpose of the Creation and the Sacrifice of Christ (No. 160)The Doctrine of Original Sin Part I The Garden of Eden (No. 246) and How God Became a Family (No. 187).

You referred to the man and lion-headed systems; what are the roles or duties of these positions?

A: They are the quadrant commanders of God’s system. They are anointed covering cherubs, and they also appear as such in the Temple in Ezekiel. Revelation shows that they are at the throne of God. They occupy the position senior to the 24 elders, and they are seen in Ezekiel chapter 1 et seq where they are identified as the Cherubim. They have set areas of responsibility as we see from the fact that they do not change their orientation no matter where the throne is headed. Look at the papers: The Meaning of Ezekiel’s Vision (No. 108); How God Became a Family (No. 187); The Government of God (No. 174) and The City of God (No. 180).

Please give me as much information about the Hosts as you can. Who exactly are they, how many, their function and roll? Was Jesus part of the Host?

A: The Host are the sons of God. They are called messengers only from the fact of their mission to man. Angel is a derivation of the Greek word for messenger. “Malak” in the Hebrew has become “Malaikat” in the Arabic, and on into the Indonesian etc.

The Host are centred on the throne of God and serve Him. Christ was one of those sons of God in the beginning. The process is explained in the papers How God Became a Family (No. 187); The Government of God (No. 174) and The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243).

We are to become sons of God and elohim and that is covered in the paper The Elect as Elohim (No. 1). The Meaning of Ezekiel’s Vision (No. 108) also has information of interest regarding the Cherubim. How we all fit together is covered in the paper The City of God (No. 180).

What was the cause of the rebellion of the host?

A: It was always understood as being their objection to our creation. The Koran gives this as the specific reason. That is why Satan is the accuser of the brethren. They accuse us night and day to God. Look at the papers How God Became a Family (No. 187) and The Government of God (No. 174)Lost Sheep and the Prodigal Son (No. 199) is also of interest in this matter as is The Judgment of the Demons (No. 80).

Could a cherub rebel and lose his position? If so what does the future hold for him? 

A: Yes one, Satan, and perhaps two did rebel. They can repent like all of God’s sons. Look at the paper The Judgment of the Demons (No. 80) and also Lost Sheep and the Prodigal Son (No. 199)God’s mercy endures forever.

If one third of the host rebelled and there are 30 in the inner council one could speculate 10 rebelled. Is that why there are 10 components; 7 church eras, 2 witnesses, and Messiah needed to repair the problem/breach created by the hosts rebellion?

A: One might speculate that way and it would seem logical; however, the figures used by the Satanist cells are of the order of twelve/twelve. It seems they actually might have got more from the inner council than a third. However, over all they got a third as it says. Perhaps it was two cherubs and the ten. We will know when we get to Jerusalem and Christ gives us new information.

The ten components of the Temple are not related to individuals, save in the Messiah and the two witnesses. The seven are churches unless we identify the seven angels of the seven churches as potential replacements in the host, and the human elements as the new section. 

If the fallen angelic host (the demons) can repent and still become sons of God, then maybe you believe that the unrepentant demons will be killed forever? What is the difference then, between us and them? Are people just another more creative way of doing the same thing that is done with angels?

A: Yes, that is the answer. The human creation with the family system was another way of giving the angels similar responsibilities of the human family, but with greater oversight. When Satan objected to our creation and the third of the host objected and rebelled with him, they were then given responsibility for us. They became our accusers instead of our spiritual parents. They became an obstruction to the plan and our salvation. After the final rebellion at the end of the Millennium, the demons will be reduced to physical form and die. This is the sense of being brought down to the side of the Pit and to die like any man, as we see in Ezekiel 28 and also the same sense in Isaiah 14. This aspect has been examined in the paper The Fall of Egypt The Prophecy of Pharaoh’s Broken Arms (No 36) and Lucifer: Light Bearer and Morning Star (No. 223). They will then be placed within the physical resurrection at the Second or General Resurrection of the Dead. One can imagine the difficulties they will face when dealt with, in examining their roles over the last 6000 years and the havoc they caused even by simply failing to prevent false action, let alone actually inducing it in the human host.

It was probably to escape this accounting that they developed the theory and doctrine among the mystery cults, especially the Orphic, of the daemon among the humans which was a fallen theos or god, and which had to be purged in order to return to heaven. The inducement of humans in the endeavour was probably a reaction and a desire to be returned to their former estate without enduring the process of the second and physical resurrection under the human elect of the First Resurrection.

The soul doctrine is an invention of Socrates of the “psuche” in reaction to the Orphic doctrines, and from which we get the immortal soul and which later went to the heaven of the Gnostics. The eternal soul is another lie, on the same vein as demons cannot die and they cannot repent. Christ was reduced from one of the elohim to the form of a man and he died on the cross, was resurrected and ascended into heaven. If he could do that, then so can any one of the demons. God has no limitations in the creation. Look at the papers The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243); The Judgment of the Demons (No. 80); The Resurrection of the Dead (No. 143); The Soul (No. 92); Lost Sheep and the Prodigal Son (No. 199)and The Socratic Doctrine of the Soul (No. B6).

I have read up on the paper entitled The Nephilim (No. 154). The angels involved in this sin to create Nephilim were clearly male in origin. So, does that mean that all the spiritual creation is closer to a male type as we understand male and female, or are there also spirit beings that would be closer to the female species? 

A: The sons of God have the capacity to materialise in whatever form. If they can appear as a man, they can also appear as a woman and do appear as women often, hence Fatima etc. They appeared as Balaam’s donkey in one instance. Satan is termed the serpent and may well have literally appeared to Eve in that guise. We make the mistake of thinking that the Spirit world is just another copy of this one. We see through a glass darkly.

The Spirit world has the capacity to move through time and space without the limitations we understand or think within. Mass, space, time, gravity and energy are equivalent expressions of the single fundamental essence we understand as spirit. Some of our scientists have made the error of assuming an immanent God from this basis.

The sons of God were all gathered together here when the world was created. Their leaders, the Morning Stars, sang for joy. Satan was among them as a Morning Star and the anointed Covering Cherub. The function of woman was the capacity by which God would produce more sons of God.

Demons appeared as men to interfere with the creation. They may well have become women but then they would have been tied to the creation and the upbringing of the cuckoos they laid. They were probably emotionally immature for that responsibility without the Holy Spirit of God. Also, the woman was the one they influenced. They lost the Holy Spirit when they finally rebelled and were cast from heaven. They then had to produce the pseudo logon. Thus, they are no longer consubstantial. Look at the paper Consubstantial with the Father (No. 81).

We will all be asexual in the resurrection. The second physical resurrection also seems to demand that asexuality. Look at the paper The Resurrection of the Dead (No. 143) and Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272).

Are you aware of any scriptures besides Psalm 8:5 that refer to spirit beings (other than the Father and the One that became Christ) as elohim?

A: Yes, there are a few texts. Moses is referred to as an elohim in Exodus 7:1. Abraham is referred to as an elohim in the original Hebrew text in Genesis 23:6, which is termed Mighty Prince in the English.

Satan is referred to as an elohim or theoi in various texts. Paul says there are many theoi (theoi polloi) or elohim in the New Testament. Zechariah 12:8 said that the household of David will become elohim with the Angel of Yahovah (Jehovah) at our head. It is written: “I said ye are gods and Scripture cannot be broken” (Jn. 10:34-35). Look at the paper The Elect as Elohim (No. 1).

Psalm 45:6-7 says that Christ, our elohim, was anointed with the oil of gladness above his partners. Thus, there is a council. Psalm 82 deals with this aspect. The other references are covered in that paper. Also look at the The Angel of YHVH (No. 24).

Are the 1000 sacrifices offered by Solomon in the Tabernacle referring to the council of the 1000 sons of God? Just as Job 33:23-24 talks of one of 1000 and redemption through Messiah; or Genesis 20:16 mentions the 1000 pieces of silver to Abraham for the vindication of Sarah but the entire council needed the appeasement for the offence; or Song of Songs with 1000 shields (Eph. 6:16 shield of faith to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked.) Bottom line, do all these scriptures tie to God’s administrative council of a 1000?

A: Yes, the reference in Genesis 20:16 is in fact an appeasement along the lines we see in Job, where the redemption was from one of the 1000. And the irony of Abimelech, in using the term brother, is because of the sin and damage he suffered.

The notion of being protected by the host is evident as well, as being redeemed by one of the 1000. This is fairly esoteric ground now. Nothing turns on it, other than the view that sin was an offence against God. That was why thirty pieces of silver was paid for Christ. Because it was an offence against the council and it was also deemed the price of a slave

Lucifer

What does the name Lucifer mean?

A: Lucifer means Light bearer. The name comes from his function as the Morning Star of this planet. It is an educative and controlling role which is taken up by Christ and the elect at the end of the age, in the not too distant future, for the millennial reign. The terms are covered in the paper Lucifer: Light Bearer and Morning Star (No. 223).

In remembering that Satan came before God with the angels as told in Job, I am wondering if he still has this access to God and does he still have influence on the angels?

A: Yes, he is the accuser of our brethren and he still has one third of the host under him. Some are held to have repented from the activities of the early Church. He is cast down and knows his time is short. Christ said He saw Satan fall like lightning from heaven. Thus, he must be cast down. Revelation speaks of the short time and his fury against the Church because of that short time. We are in that time. In fact, we are past the 1260 years of the woman in the wilderness. The Fifth Seal is still continuing and the woman that rides the beast, who is drunk on the blood of the saints, is about to be destroyed. Look at the paper Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272) and also The Role of the Fourth Commandment in the Historical Sabbath-keeping Churches of God (No. 170).

I believe that Lucifer and Satan are one and the same being. This presents a bit of a problem though for this would mean that Satan was not always evil wouldn’t it? This is looking more like it may be true as Ezekiel 28:15 shows him being perfect from the day he was created. So how better can one be than perfection?

A: Lucifer was the anointed covering Cherub of the Throne of God and he was perfect among the sons of God. Lucifer means, “light bearer” and thus he was the educator of the host and Morning Star of the planet. See the paper Lucifer: Light Bearer and Morning Star (No. 223).

He and the fallen host became iniquitous. They sinned and tried to grasp equality with God. They failed in the test of faith. They became accusers of the brethren at the creation of Adam. Christ was not, and did not seek co-equality with God and did not try to grasp what was not His. He preferred to be given and earn the gift of power by obedience, and so He became a man and He humbled himself unto death, even death on the stake (Phil. 2:5-7). See the paper The Purpose of the Creation and the Sacrifice of Christ (No. 160).

He became a son of God in power by His resurrection from the dead (Rom. 1:4). See the paper The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243). All of God’s creation is perfect, but we have the choice to mess it up, and we have done so. The Plan is perfect and includes a safety net, so we will all attain to perfection in God’s time. Look at the paper Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272).

Some of my friends believe the earth is the place of restraint for the angels that sinned. In Luke 8:31 I read where the demons begged not to be cast into the deep or the Abyss. Also Revelation 9:11, 11:7,17:8, IPeter 3:19, IIPeter 2:4 and Jude 6 leads me to believe there is more to this than just the earth in general. Is Abaddon/Apollyon a king restrained also for a future release or is he the same as Satan? Where might this place be? The ocean possibly?

A: The New Testament term is also “Tartaros” which is reserved specifically for the fallen host. Abbadon or Appollyon is the destroyer and, as such, it is another term for Satan and the system he commands. The fallen host or demons have power over the earth and over mankind for 6000 years. At the return of the Messiah, Satan and the demons are restrained for the thousand years of the Millennium.

The pit is death and the texts indicate that the demons are made to die like any man. They are then dealt with in the Second Resurrection like anyone else. This matter has been examined in the papers The Judgment of the Demons (No. 80) and in Lost Sheep and the Prodigal Son (No. 199)The timing of the activities is seen from the paper Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272).

Angels

When asked what is the function of angels or what are they, the most common answer heard is that they are simply messengers indicating that they are basically footmen or errand boys. This does not exactly add up. For instance, the 38th chapter of Job is an explanation to Job as to how everything was created. At verse 7, it says that the sons of God, shouted for joy at the creation. I believe sons of God here refers to the angels, so if they were already around at the creation of the earth, and before the creation of man, then what were they doing up to this point?

A: Yes, that is the point. Angel is from the Greek “aggellos” meaning “messenger” which was applied to the heavenly beings. In the Septuagint the word “aggellos” was used to translate various concepts. It was used to translate “Sons of God” in Deuteronomy 32:8. During the post-Temple period, Jewish scribes changed that to read “Sons of Israel” to get away from the concept of there being sons of God in charge of Israel, as Christ was associated with the Angel of Yahovah as a son of God.

The LXX of Isaiah 9:6 says, “Angel of Great Counsel” for the Messiah who was son of God. Job 1:6 and 2:1 use the term “Aggeloi”, “Angels of God” for the “sons of God.” The same is also in Job 38:4-7 where “angels” were used for “sons of God”. The understanding of the meaning of the Hebrew texts is starting to slip by this time. And the concept of the Hebrew Morning Stars is not well understood by the translators in the LXX translation. Nehemiah says they had to explain the Hebrew to the populace during his time because they no longer understood it, speaking only Aramaic.

Basically, an Angel was a messenger. Before the creation there was no one to carry messages to, and so they were simply all sons of God. When men were created they were sent to men as messengers, and so all of them who were in that capacity were angels. Look at the papers The Angel of YHVH (No. 24)The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243) and How God Became a Family (No. 187)For the long-term plan look at the paper The City of God (No. 180).

Were some people able to recognise angels as soon as they saw them and yet others did not? If they appear as humans are we supposed to know they are angels? 

A: The Patriarchs recognised them, as we see by what they did and said in the Bible. It’s the “duck test.” If it walks like a duck and quacks like a duck, it’s a duck. Sometimes they are with us and we are not informed. We entertain angels unawares (Heb. 13:2). God makes His wishes known through His servants the prophets (Amos 3:7).

These people speak for God. So too, the sons of God in the heavenly Host speak for God, and are sent to men as “angels” or messengers. Look at the papers on the sons of God for example The Angel of YHVH (No. 24) and How God Became a Family (No. 187).

I have been presented with Genesis 48:16 as a supporting scripture to pray to angels. What is the correct understanding of this text?

A: This text, and the comment by Stephen, is the only text in the Bible where Christ is addressed in prayer. Moses spoke to him face to face, and stood between him and Israel, as did David. David addresses him is Psalm 45:6-7. When he says: “Therefore God thy God has anointed thee with the oil of gladness above thy partners.” In each of the cases concerned, it is a direct request to Christ in his role as protector of Israel. Look at the paper The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243).

In each case they are used as teaching comments. How would we know that the Angel of Redemption was the elohim of Israel (Zech. 12:8; Heb. 1:8-9), appointed by his God, unless we had the direct testimony of the Patriarchs in the Scriptures to demonstrate this fact? They reflect the direct relationship of the prophets with Christ. We pray to and worship only the One True God.

Physical Creation

Nephilim

Were there human beings alive on this planet before Adam, and when was Adam created? 

A: According to Bishop Ussher’s chronology, Adam was created in 4004 BCE. We know from archaeology that there were beings created on this planet before Homo Sapiens existed.

Thus, there was another creation prior to Adam. The discussion on what the Bible has to say about this is carried on in the works The Nephilim (No. 154) and Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248).

The interpretation of Genesis to confine the creation to the sons of Seth and the sons of Cain was an invention by Augustine of Hippo in the early fifth century. It denied the understanding of the ancients and left Christianity entirely unprepared to cope with the modern scientific finds of the last two hundred years. This one single false doctrine of Augustine has made the destruction of Creation theory with the false doctrine of evolution possible.

Are you aware of any information in the comparison of pre-Adam humanoid DNA and post-Adam DNA? Do you see any conflict with Bible scripture and archaeology finds?

A: Yes, recent tests made on the Neanderthals have isolated their DNA structure and it is a 27-strand system whereas a human is an 8-strand. We are trying to isolate the Cro-Magnon to see the exact divergence between it and modern humans. There seems to be a reluctance to discuss this issue of release of any results, if tests have in fact been done. What we have so far is indicative that modern primates are of a totally unrelated creation to the Neanderthals. The humanoids we have so far from Australia, such as the Arunka and Kowe Swamp people, have marked divergences from modern humans. Their mitochondrial DNA differs from modern humans. The Lake Nitchie Male was a giant. These aspects have been covered in the paper The Nephilim (No. 154).

I understand that the pre-Adamic creation was inferior and as stated in Isaiah has no resurrection. The Nephilim are not resurrected because they are not fit physical receptacles able to be acted upon by the Holy Spirit. Is this correct? After 6000 years of misrule of this planet multiple vectors such as viruses, transposons, etc that are able to insert foreign genetic material into our DNA could cause man to become nearly as corrupt as the Nephilim. If the fallen host were given a much longer time period than 6000 years, they could achieve what they tried to achieve with the Nephilim. Do you agree with this?

A: The solution is that the Creation was made in the image of God so that the Holy Spirit could be implanted or superimposed over it. The degradation of the species is certainly happening. It is probable that the limitation of the creation to 6000 years was to limit the degradation of the species by its genetic isolation and other problems. The lessening of the life spans indicates a problem. Also, it appears that there has been a deliberate attempt to interfere with the DNA makeup of humans by the Host through the pre-flood structure of the Nephilim.

There is no doubt that the Neanderthals were of a completely different system but the later structure was not. Neanderthals reportedly have a 27-strand system and the current primates have an 8-strand system. We have more in common with chimpanzee DNA than with the Neanderthals. Our capacity to survive may well be limited if it went any longer than 6000 years unchecked.

I’ve read several responses on resurrection and you state that the Nephilim have no resurrection, but Satan and his demons will have a chance to repent. Can you explain why?

A: The fallen host were all part of God’s Creation and were made in his image and through His will. They can repent and can be used. The Nephilim were not part of God’s Creation. They were made by the fallen host specifically to frustrate the Plan of God, and they are not in the image of God. Thus, they cannot function with the Holy Spirit as the demons are able to do.

God is obliged logically and morally to extend repentance to His Creation, but not to things created by the demons contrary to His Will. Thus, He will extend that capacity to the demons and they will be judged by us according to Scripture (1Cor. 6:3). In like manner, He has said that capacity will not be extended to the Nephilim. They have no resurrection (Isa. 26:14). Look at the papers The Judgment of the Demons (No. 80); The Resurrection of the Dead (No. 143) and Lost Sheep and the Prodigal Son (No. 199).

Noah was chosen to be saved in the Ark because his lineage was perfect. I understand that to mean that his lineage was not corrupted by the Nephilim. All these humans that were corrupted by the Nephilim and died in the flood would be resurrected wouldn’t they? If all of the Nephilim did not perish in the flood, are their descendants subject to resurrection or not?

A: No, the Nephilim/Rephaim have no resurrection as we know from Isaiah 26:13. The whole matter of who they were and what happened before and after the flood is covered in the paper The Nephilim (No. 154).

Adam and Eve

Why would God desire a physical human creation when He had already created spirit angelic beings to be sons of God? Why not just create more angels? What is the difference in the roles of entering His family?

A: This question is perhaps the most fundamental question to the plan of salvation. God could have made spiritual sons as many as He needed or wanted. Why then did he create a weaker physical creation that was then placed under the spiritual creation?

The same question then applies to the physical creation. Why did God create humans in a sequence of breeding animals that would suffer and perhaps die in the process? Why did they eventually die anyway? Why did He not create them all at once and simply educate them?

The answer is both simple and complex. In this way He would have to be obeyed and the entire creation would have to walk by faith. The angelic host would have to see the physical creation destined for some event as sons of God and would have to walk by faith and nurture them as ministering spirits as parents nurture children. The human creation could see even less and that is why faith exhibited in them is greater.

Satan used the creation to bring one third of the host to rebellion. These rebellious sons were then placed in charge of the creation to test both and to judge both.

The church is a group called out to test and judge the demons as they are measured against the standard we set. In the Millennium we will do the job they were set to do now under God’s laws. The demons decided to create another system with another structure of worship that does not work. So we see that the structure was made to ensure that the elect walked by faith and only those who exercise faith and obedience are made sons of God in power from the resurrection of the dead.

The sons of God had to be tested by faith and tested by their duties. Thus the spiritual creation was tested by the physical creation and both come to salvation together. Look at the papers How God Became a Family (No. 187); The Judgment of the Demons (No. 80); The Purpose of the Creation and the Sacrifice of Christ (No. 160) and The City of God (No. 180).

What is mankind’s ultimate destiny?

A: The purpose of the creation of man is to rule as God (Zech. 12:8). The name Israel means literally “he shall rule as God.” We were created to raise ourselves and the sons of God of the Angelic host in a sense of mutual interaction and shared responsibility. We are to get ourselves, and the Host, through the Resurrections to the City of God. Look at the papers The Purpose of the Creation and the Sacrifice of Christ (No. 160) and The City of God (No. 180). We will rule the heavens and we can only guess, at present, at what God has in store for us and the rest of the Host (1Cor. 2:9; Deut. 4:19).

In the Garden of Eden, why didn’t Adam rebuke Eve for eating the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, instead of following along with her?

  1. It was his responsibility to rebuke her. He did not and the way we are dealt with was changed. However, God knew that he would do it and that it would also become necessary to send Christ to become leader as the slain lamb. We were written in the Book of the Lamb, The Book of Life and of the Resurrection from the foundation of the world.

Thus, God understood the events and they were provided for in the system of Salvation. Look at the papers The Doctrine of Original Sin Part I The Garden of Eden (No. 246) and Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248).

The Old Testament says that Adam was created about 5000 years before Jesus Christ, but actually there have been several civilisations like the Pharaohs in year 4200 BCE and the Chinese before that. Scientifically, they found some human bones dated millions of years back. How can we justify this contradiction? 

A: According to Ussher’s chronology, which follows the Bible, Adam was created in 4005/4 BCE. The explanation of the pre-Adamic creation is contained in the paper The Nephilim (No. 154)Look also at the papers The Doctrine of Original Sin Part 1 The Garden of Eden (No. 246) and Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248).

Do you have any idea why so many of the children’s stories only represent Adam and Eve sinning and making themselves loin coverings of fig leaves (Gen. 3:7)? Most accounts stop the story there and do not explain the time frame, how Adam and Eve were being taught by God, or how even after their sin God made them garments of skin and clothed Adam and his wife (Gen.3:21).

A: The stopping of the text here is based on a number of false premises. Firstly, the efforts by them were man-made efforts and in contrast to the God-made clothing of animal skins. The emphasis is thus on the human effort and not on God’s effort (cf. Rom. 8:3).

The popular presentations are for a number of reasons. The Gnostics and their doctrines were ascetic vegetarians and wished to conceal the fact of the killing of animals and the consumption of meat. Look at the paper Vegetarianism and the Bible (No. 183).

The leaves also have symbolism among the mystery cults. Thus, they were portrayed more readily. The oak leaves are clearly condemned in the Bible. The priests of Attis in Rome also tattooed themselves with ivy leaves, which were sacred to their god. Thus, the leaf is often used in their symbols, as was the phallus or Asherah, and the kid.

Was the forbidden fruit really an apple? I don’t see that in my Bible, could you tell me where it says that Eve ate an apple? 

A: The notion that Eve gave Adam an apple is not biblical. It comes from the myths and mysteries and is associated with the golden fruit of discord. The full story is contained in the paper The Doctrine of Original Sin Part 1 The Garden of Eden (No. 246).

I believe in God but one thing I have difficulty understanding is if “Adam and Eve” were supposedly the first humans on earth, then where did all the distinct races of man come from? 

A: There is only one race, the human race. We are all brothers. The tongues were confused at Babel. It is a bit like the breeding of animals. The darker skinned people were basically developed, in terms of skin pigmentation, over many years. The fairer ones were in countries where they wore more clothing. However, they are still the same people with the same basic structure. The blood types or categories vary from east to west but they still have the same basic varieties.

In animal terms, we can say that the German Shepherd and the Sheepdog both come from the wolf, and not so long ago. Even though they look different they are both dogs. The creation is dealt with at The Doctrine of Original Sin Part 1 The Garden of Eden (No. 246) and the Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248). The pre-Adamic creation destroyed with the flood is covered in the paper The Nephilim (No. 154).

All variations of the human species are explicable in the variations we see occurring from pigmentation and family/tribal likenesses. The finds in the Choukoutien Cave in China indicate the coexistence of families with what we consider vast racial differences within what appears to be the one family group.

These findings by anthropologists are examined in the light of a series of humanoids that existed before modern man but which have no link to them. This matter is examined in the paper The Nephilim (No. 154). The matters have also been examined in the paper The Fall of Egypt (No. 36)This complex matter is too large to be explained here in detail.

God’s word teaches that it is incest to marry a brother or sister, yet how else could the family of Adam and Eve grow? Is it possible He made wives for the sons as He made one for Adam? 

A: This matter is explained in the papers Rachel and the Law (No. 281) and Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248)It is also forbidden in other aspects, but Lot produced Ammon and Moab through his daughters contrary to Law. They perceived it as necessity knowing that the world would end by fire and they believed they were in that position then.

‘And Cain knew his wife’. Was she his sister? Why could she live alone before marriage, without being afraid of wild animals?

A: She may have been his sister or she may have been one of the Nephilim. It is likely that she was his sister as that was the only explanation for the sons of Adam keeping their generations pure. Look at the paper The Doctrine of Original Sin Part 1 The Garden of Eden (No. 246)Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (248) and The Nephilim (No. 154).

Did man eat vegetables or meat first? I say vegetables since they were easier to get than hunting meat.

A: It is believed man had a balanced diet from the beginning (Gen. 1:28-30). The Adamic species has a delineated process from the Bible record. This is covered in the papers The Doctrine of Original Sin Part I The Garden of Eden (No. 246) and Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248) and also Vegetarianism and the Bible (No. 183)The paper, The Nephilim (No. 154) might give you some other views of interest regarding the last 140,000 years.

There are divisions to this question. In the case of pre-Adamic man, the answer is both. Man was omnivorous and ate both fruits and also grubs and insects on them and in the trees. The body structure of vegetarians make for significant guts, and this is evidenced by Australopithecines skeletal reconstructions such as Lucy.

What was the physical condition of the early biblical people? Did they exercise? What do you know of their diet? What did they do when struck with an illness? Why were so many struck with leprosy and blindness? Didn’t they have a lot of knowledge of medicinal plants, oils and such?

A: Well, if the ages of the patriarchs are any indication, they were of a vastly superior diet and genetic structure than we are. It appears we have seen a degeneration in the age of man as we have gone from a longevity of 120 years to 70 years, and we are varying downwards on that due to other problems. The diet of the ancients can be seen from the paper The Food Laws (No. 15).

Also they had superior forms of grain then which had the necessary vitamins and minerals. We have developed superior yields, which have in many cases decreased benefit. They did get a lot of exercise because they walked everywhere, or rode horses and camels and donkeys. Their knowledge of drugs was reasonably high. We now have direct evidence that they imported tobacco and cocaine into the Middle East from America at the time of King David (ca. 1000 BCE). They had extensive use of herbs and medicines.

Our evidence also shows advanced surgery such as trepanning in early times. The failure to keep the quarantine laws resulted in the transmission of leprosy. Blindness often resulted from infections carried from birth through immorality, as it does to this day. They had a great capacity for navigation, and there was a sea and trading empire from Israel and Phoenicia from 1000 BCE onwards. There was degeneration in world conditions from the fourth century. In the sixth century there was a series of cataclysms, along with the attitude of the Church, which contributed to the Dark Ages. From this time, the world lost vast levels of knowledge and we are only now putting together what was actually lost.

Noah

In the past some ministers have said one of Noah’s sons was married to a black woman, one married an oriental woman and one married a white woman. This, they explain (or speculate), was to keep the 3 races alive. After the flood they separated by migrating. I have a hard time believing this and wonder if the true reason we have people of different colours is due to the environment and that we are all really the same “race”, the human race, with the same parents Adam and Eve. After all we see a type of evolution within the various “kinds” of animals depending on what part of the world they are from, etc. What do you think about the origin of the various “races”?

A: This view postpones the issue back to Adam (meaning the one who was ruddy or red). Another variation was that Noah had the capacity to throw hybrids, being pure in his generations. This is the real basis of the explanations. Every variety of dog on the planet came from two forms based on the wolf. The capacity to be in various forms was inherent in the early peoples.

Our finds in the Choukoutien Upper Cave in China (discovered 1930 excavated by Pei (1939, 1940) in 1933 show a peculiar group. This one group comprised of two adult males, two adult females, one adolescent, one child, and one baby showed a surprising spread of racial characteristics. The female skulls were a Melanesoid and an Eskimoid. Of the two adult males, one was elderly (estimated at 60), and was relative to the Obercassel skull but was defined as being primitive Mongoloid. Weidenreich (1939) defined these as being of three different racial types, primitive Mongoloid, Melanesoid and Eskimoid type (R.M. and C.H. Berndt, Aboriginal Man in Australia, 1965, p. 30).

Professor Berndt was of the view that current Australians are related to the ancient Egyptians and the Indian Dravidians.  Egyptian relics have allegedly been found in some parts of Australia (cf. notes to I.L. Idriess’ Drums of Mer first edition re the ancient artefacts in the caves of the Zogo Le). There are also numerous boomerangs from the tomb of Tutankhamen now in the Egyptian museum.

The Choukoutien finds were in the one cave in the same strata, all living together so it seems. This indicates that the family groups, who resettled China, all had the diverse genetic capacity to encompass at least three racial groups in the one family system. This matter has not been fully examined from this point of view for obvious reasons.

The Epic of Gilgamesh states that Noah also took the artisans on board with their families as well. If looked at in this light, then the eight people were the heads of families and the women were not counted among the eight. This raises other matters as well. The eruption of the Nephilim is placed in the Midrash at the foot of Og, who allegedly stowed away on the top of the ark and Noah allowed him to remain. Look at the paper The Nephilim (No. 154).

The question of the diversity of current racial types is simply explained as one of pigmentation and localised breeding patterns. For example, one can tell someone from Manx as they have a peculiar line to their ears in relation to the jaw, which is not seen elsewhere in Britain. Pigmentation is simply resistance to the sun’s rays. Modern mapping of the genome and DNA shows we are all from the same ancestors, and not all that far back. The discussion is now merely where and how far.

Was Noah’s flood a worldwide catastrophe or was it limited to the Mediterranean area? If it was worldwide, how was it possible for Noah to gather all the species of plants and animals into the ark? 

A: The Bible indicates it was worldwide. A localised flood scenario has been mooted to resolve the problems seen by geologists and archaeologists working to the current accepted theories of planet age. The Ark was basically a box that God told Noah to build, which Noah did, over a period of one hundred years.

The animals of the earth were the responsibility of God to collect, and he did so collect them. The genetic diversity of the animals was contained in the mother species, and they had the capacity over the following millennia to diversify. Plants did not need to be gathered as they were seed driven and simply germinated when conditions were ready, as they do now. The same is true with spores and others.

Many seeds were taken into the ark as well in the form of food supplies. With, for example, the desert plants and eucalyptus, fire is needed to germinate the seeds. Wood is preserved underwater for a long time, so all the forests were either swept to certain areas, as appears to be the case in the North Pole area with the trees and mammoths etc., or left in areas to generate, first through grass to start the next series off.

We are finding out more and more about the species of the planet. In fact, the procedures for mapping the human genome have shown that the entire creation is based on a similar model. All humans are 99.99 percent exactly the same, and so it is with other species. There is no race other than the human race, and most animals are of the one common species. Mammals are all based on a similar blue print.

We know that this is not so with the DNA of the Neanderthals for example as they are an entirely different structure to our DNA and even chimpanzees, with which we have more in common than the Neanderthals. Look at the paper The Nephilim (No. 154).

During a sermon, our pastor was preaching on faith. He made the statement, “Look at the faith of Noah. God told Noah to build the ark before he even had a family (a wife, three sons, and daughters-in-law).” He said if you will read this chronologically you will see that this is true. Can you explain this to me?

A: The Bible says at Genesis 6:10: “And Noah begat three sons Shem, Ham and Japeth.” He then proceeds to tell Noah (V. 14) that the earth is corrupt and orders him to build the ark. The sons helped to build the ark. Other versions of this flood account all agree in this aspect (cf. The Epic of Gilgamesh).

The genealogies, up to the flood, are covered in the paper Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248)The genealogy of Shem, the youngest son of Noah, is covered in the paper Melchisedek (No. 128).

 

Tower of Babel

What in your opinion was God’s purpose at the Tower of Babel? What do you think He was trying to accomplish? 

A: The dispersion at Babel was to ensure that mankind did not become as elohim of their own accord and destroy the planet under Satan before time.

Satan had been given 6000 years as Morning Star of the planet. As it is Christ is going to have to return so that we are saved. If he did not there would be no flesh left alive. The plan of Salvation can be seen from the papers. Look at the papers Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272)Lucifer: Light Bearer and Morning Star (No. 223) and The Millennium and the Rapture (No. 95)There are also many other papers dealing with prophecy.

What exactly was happening at the tower of Babel, and why was God so worried about it? Seems to me there must have been a bit more going on there than just building a church with a tall steeple that would reach the heavens. 

A: Yes, there was a lot more to it. The false system at Babel was destroyed and the languages confused so that man would not progress at a rate that was so fast as to endanger the existence of the planet too early within the time frame given to Satan.

They would become as elohim but without the Holy Spirit and thus destroy this planet and hence, the Plan of God. The system you see unfolding now might have happened two or more thousand years ago. The planet would not exist now.

Abraham

Did Hagar or Ishmael receive any blessings for their relationship to Abram? 

A: Indeed, they did receive a blessing. Christ himself said, at the direction of God, He would bless Ishmael and make a mighty nation from him (Gen. 21:17-18).

Look at the various papers that deal with Abraham: Why was Abraham called “the Friend of God” (No. 35); The Angel and Abraham’s Sacrifice (No. 71); Abraham and Sodom (No. 91) and also look at Genesis 22, Judaism, Islam and the Sacrifice of Isaac (No. 244).

The Law

Is there a reason why the commandments were given on two tables of stone? 

A: Yes, there is a reason. The two tablets were small and they were carried by Moses. They appear to have been written on both sides. The tablets appear to be duplicates as a double witness. The tablets of the law were placed within the Ark of the Covenant (See the papers The Ark of the Covenant (No. 196) and Distinction in the Law (No. 96).)

The Law is explained in the series The Law of God (No. L1). The concept of being written on stone was one of God, who is the rock (Ps. 17:31) from which we, and Christ, are all cut (Isa 51:1) and who engraves his Law in our hearts through his power. He becomes all in all.

In Deuteronomy 10 it talks about the covenant (Ex. 34:28) being the Ten Commandments that were written on the 2 tablets. In verse 5 it says he put the tablets IN THE ARK. Is this the LAW that is the New Covenant that is written in the minds and hearts of the elect? Is there more significance to this that you could expound on?

A: Yes, that is the significance both of the Ark and of the tablets being placed inside it. The Law of God was to be placed in the hearts and minds of the elect. This aspect is examined in the papers: Distinction in the Law (No. 96); The Ark of the Covenant (No. 196)The Oracles of God (No. 184) and The Law of God (No. L1).

Are the commandments in two lots of 4 and 6 or 5 and 5? 

A: Assuming you refer to the divisions based on the two great Commandments of the Law; the First Great Commandment is “You shall love the Lord your God with all your mind and with all your heart and with all your strength.” The second is like unto it. “You shall love your neighbour as yourself.” The Commandments fall into two natural divisions of the first four dealing with the love of God and the last six dealing with the love of man. Thus the Fourth Commandment, dealing with the Sabbath day, covers the aspects of the Law and the testimony concerning God’s Calendar and His worship and is the technical end of the First Great Commandment proper.

The Fifth Commandment, concerning the love of father and mother, is the first with a promise. It relates to life on this earth and the formation of the family, which is the building block on which God has chosen to build society. This extends into the heavenly family of the Church and the sons of God. Thus, this Commandment forms a link between the first four and the last six so that, in a sense, both answers are correct.

The Law is divided into two great commandments the first four and the last six linked by the fifth, which joins both the First and the Second Great Commandments. Look at the papers in the series on The Law of God (No. L1) and the associated reference papers as well.

Could you please define and interpret the first commandment?

A: It is written (Ex. 20:2-3):

“I am the Lord thy God Which has brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the House of bondage. Thou shalt have no other gods before me.”

Roman Catholics join the second commandment to this commandment and split the tenth commandment into two, which is impossible, based on the text in Deuteronomy 5.

The words for “Lord thy God” here is not simply “Yahovah.” It is “Yahovah Elohim” meaning God in His extended and creative sense. If it were Yahovah, as Bullinger says, it might be argued that the Law was limited to Israel, which it is not.

The first two Commandments are in the first person. The remainder are in the third person. Deuteronomy has the same structure for the first two Commandments. The section in Deuteronomy is argued to be a repeat and definite explanation by Moses of the original ten, which were in Exodus (cf. Soncino Commentary, Chumash p. 458).

“Thou shalt have no other elohim before me” means that no other elohim is to be placed before, or worshipped as, or in place of the One True God, who in the singular is “Eloah” the God of the Temple who placed His name at Jerusalem. See the text in Ezra 4:24-7:26 for the use of Eloah in relation to the Temple and the Law. It is the Law of Eloah.

Eloah has a son from Proverbs 30:4-5. Thus, the Son is not the One True God, Eloah. The First Commandment and the application of the Law and the Prophets have been outlined in the text Law and the First Commandment (No. 253) which was prepared for the Reading of the Law in the Sabbath Year of 1998.

Knowledge of the One True God, and Jesus Christ whom He sent, is eternal life (John 17:3). Explanation of the names of God and of the position of Jesus Christ are contained in the papers The Names of God (No. 116)God Revealed Chapter 1 – Ancient Monotheism (No. G1) and The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243).

 

Exodus 16 (before the 10 commandments were given) vs. 23 “…then he said to them, This is what the Lord meant: Tomorrow is a Sabbath Rest (how did they know it was the Sabbath since it wasn’t given at Sinai? It must have been through oral transmission from Adam to Moses) a Holy Sabbath to the Lord.” Vs. 28 “Then the Lord said to Moses ‘How long do you refuse to keep my commandments and my instruction? Vs. 29 “The Lord has (past tense) given you the Sabbath…”. When did God give them the Sabbath?

A: The law was given to Adam at the creation. Not only was the Sabbath established then but also the sacrifices and the Calendar were established. Abel’s sacrifice was more acceptable to God than Cain’s because it was a blood sacrifice and he was more righteous.

The SDA doctrine of preflood vegetarianism is quite wrong, as is the notion that the law was not given until Sinai. Look at the paper Vegetarianism and the Bible (No. 183) and also Rachel and the Law (No. 281). The Passover also preceded Sinai and the New Moons, and the sequence of the Calendar was set in place from the first week of the creation. Look also at the paper God’s Calendar (No. 156)Look also at the papers The Doctrine of Original Sin Part I The Garden of Eden (No. 246) and Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248)The preflood system was destroyed because it broke the laws of God. See the paper The Nephilim (No. 154).

The commandments were in place and known when Abraham went into Egypt. See the paper Abraham and Sodom (No. 91). Look also at the paper The Doctrine of Balaam and Balaam’s Prophecy (No. 204). Abraham tithed to Melchisedek over four hundred years before Sinai. See the paper Melchisedek (No. 128).

The Fourth Commandment covers a system of God’s order and the system will be enforced when Christ returns. Look at the paper Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256). The Sabbaths will be kept with the New Moons (Isa. 66:23). The feasts will be kept and the nations will send their representatives to Jerusalem each year, or they will get no rain in due season and the plagues of Egypt will be brought down on them. This is Scripture and Scripture cannot be broken.

Reading the Law

We are seeing instruction at Deuteronomy 31:9-12 to read the Law every Sabbath year at the Feast of Tabernacles. On which day at the Feast is this to be done? The idea that the law is to be read on one day is a Jewish idea and they do it on the Last Great Day.

A: The Law was read over the entire feast in the seventh year. To read the Law and the testimony correctly, utilising the Law and the Prophets and explaining it correctly as Ezra and Nehemiah did at Jerusalem, takes the entire feast of Tabernacles.

That is why God demands it be done every seventh year, and that it is set aside for the purposes of the reading so that Israel does not forget the Laws of God. Look at the papers Reading the Law with Ezra and Nehemiah (No. 250) and the Law series listed under The Law of God (No. L1) which were read at the commanded Reading of the Law in 1998.

Society

How does the uncleanness until sundown relate to us today as being sanctified? Is there a time now, or a time in the future that He does not want us to sleep with our wives? If so, when and why would this be do you think?

A: The whole process of sanctification for the Seventh of the First month and the Tenth of the Seventh month logically requires fasting from all aspects, including our partners.

The separation from our partners in total will come at the Advent. The High Priests always regarded themselves as being separate when they went into the Temple on the sacred days. They disqualified themselves when ritually unclean. We have to prepare ourselves to enter into a relationship with Christ.

Could you please explain these passages about the days and what is meant about not coming near your wives? I believe this has to do with the second coming of Jesus, but I am not really sure.

  1. The process involves the sanctification of the elect. Under the law a man was ritually unclean if he had an issue of semen until sundown and the aim here was to ensure the host of Israel was sanctified in the day that the Lord was to come to them.

The process of the sanctification of Israel is examined and explained in the papers The Sanctification of the Temple of God (No. 241) and The Sanctification of the Simple and the Erroneous (No. 291)See also Ezekiel 45:18-20.

The entire process of the calendar and the sanctification that takes place in the structure of the plan of God as explained in the calendar and its Sabbaths new Moons and Holy Days all point to Messiah and the restoration of the planet. Look at the papers God’s Calendar (No. 156) and Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256).

 

We are the Temple of God and the Law of God will live in our hearts. We will go from the church to the nations to the world as the Temple of God and will become the City of God. Look at the papers The Oracles of God (No. 184)Measuring the Temple (No. 137) and The City of God (No. 180).

Why was a woman considered unclean for forty days after giving birth to a male child, and eighty days after giving birth to a female child?

A: There are some very difficult issues arising from the laws of female purification (cf. Purification and Circumcision (No. 251)). Science has studied food in many of its aspects, especially its physiology and nutritional value. As a result, we can now understand why certain foods are “clean” and others are not and have been forbidden to us (see the paper The Food Laws (No. 15)). However, for generations we have been following those food laws simply because God told us to. We understand that God gave us His laws in order for us to be able to lead healthy, well balanced, well ordered lives. The laws relating to women have not been studied in the same way; therefore, we must do as we have always done. Rely on the fact that if God has said so, then it is in our best interests to do so. These matters are also qualified in and by their spiritual aspects, as they relate to Messiah.

The term “unclean woman” might bother many people. It seems to be offensive, but it is not. It is simply a time of separation because the woman requires rest and understanding. The term “unclean” is not the equivalent of “sinner.” The purification is scientifically a time of cleansing for seven days. It is a natural and physical act, where the lining of the womb, in not receiving a fertile ovum for the process of impregnation, is rejected during menstruation. Normally, it is a period of seven days in every 28. This process of cleaning permits the continuation of human kind for which this law, in the same manner as all the others, is a blessing from God (Gen. 1:28). The fulfilling of the laws are tied to the daily life of the human being. The Law of God is in force in its totality both physically and spiritually (2Cor. 7:1).

In the text in Leviticus 12:4 we see the term “to touch not what is holy.” In these terms we see the parallel symbolism that goes to setting apart the elect in purification. This distinction was made until Christ. The theory was that the woman in her condition would defile that which was holy. However, that which was holy would also sanctify that which was in a state of purification. For this reason, the woman who was in a state of discharge and in need of cure was made clean by touching Christ’s garment. This did not make Christ unclean but rather the Holy Spirit flowed from Him to her making her clean.

Matthew 9:20-22  And, behold, a woman, which was diseased with an issue of blood twelve years, came behind him, and touched the hem of his garment: 21 For she said within herself, If I may but touch his garment, I shall be whole. 22 But Jesus turned him about, and when he saw her, he said, Daughter, be of good comfort; thy faith hath made thee whole. And the woman was made whole from that hour. (KJV)

This action pointed towards two things. One was that Christ was the new High Priest whose hem was set apart from Exodus 28:33-34; 39:25-26 and whose headband was also Holiness to the Lord (Ex. 28:36; 39:30). The second lesson was that by faith through the Holy Spirit cleanliness and purification are extended to the sick and the infirm. This is repeated again in Matthew, that we might see the importance of the presence of Christ to the impact of the Law and the prophets and the restoration of the sick and the infirm and the unclean.

Thus, from the Law, that which was unholy could not touch that which was holy. This was asked of the priests and the answer was given. Yet from God’s own law and prophecy the same situation pointed towards a time when God would pour out his Spirit on all flesh and make it Holy within His law and He would write it on their hearts. This action was accomplished through Messiah.

Thus all flesh was made holy in the Spirit and was cleansed through Messiah in the Holy Spirit. The Purification legislation pointed towards the cleansing of the human mother as Israel the Church, and Bride of Christ, and mother of the new nation. From this position we see that the mother is cleansed and may partake of the Lord’s Supper and Passover as one of the elect, being cleansed in the Holy Spirit.

If Christians are supposed to keep the Old Testament food laws, what about other Old Testament laws such as not wearing garments mingled of wool and linen? What about the quarantine legislation, and when a woman has an issue of blood? Are Christians to observe these also?

A: Yes, they are supposed to keep those laws. Some matters are covered in the paper Purification and Circumcision (No. 251)Quarantine legislation is very important and badly neglected. TB was eradicated in Australia by concerted effort forty years ago and now, through failure to observe strict quarantine, it is back and some of it is resistant.

When one is asked to testify in a court of law, one is asked to “swear.” But I believe scripture indicates not to swear.

Do you have any suggestions of how to handle the situation?

A: Israel swore oaths before God. The Law says thou “shalt not swear by my name falsely, nor profane the name of thy God. I am the Lord” (Lev. 19:12). There are many references to Israel swearing to truth. David swore an oath to Jonathan (1Sam. 20:12). Israel was made to swear (Ezra 10:5). Isaiah 65:16 prophecies that the earth shall swear by the God of truth and Scripture cannot be broken.

The idea of not swearing in Christianity comes from Matthew 5:34-36 when Christ said: “Swear not at all; neither by heaven; for it is God’s throne: Nor by the earth; for it is His footstool: neither by Jerusalem; for it is the city of the great King. Neither shalt thou swear by thy head, because thou canst not make one hair white or black.”

This was interpreted as meaning you shall not swear an oath at all. For that reason, affirmations were permitted in a court of law. The text by Christ is “let your yes be yes and your no be no.” The sense of this was that pagans were swearing by their mother’s graves, and by all sorts of other strange ideas. The oath is: “Do you swear by almighty God to tell the truth the whole truth and nothing but the truth, so help you God?” This is in accord with the sentiment of the text in Isaiah. The word “swear” has been changed to “affirm” and the term “Almighty God” has been removed. Pressure for the change came from Atheists and Pagans, but it also assisted the truly devout to avoid the possibility that they were in contravention of the dictum of Christ here in Matthew 5:34-37. Thus, he produced a hedge around the sentiment of swearing using the texts in Exodus 20:7; Numbers 30:2; Deuteronomy 23:21. Thus, we can deduce that Judah had introduced practices regarding swearing under the Law which contravened the Law and the Spirit of God. Look at the papers Law and the Ninth Commandment (No. 262)Law and the Third Commandment (No. 255)  and Swearing By God (No. 32)).

What is your view on what the punishment should be for violence on the innocent?

A: The implementation of punishment is contained in the papers on The Law of God (No. L1). Look at the papers: Law and the Sixth Commandment (No. 259); Law and the Seventh Commandment (No. 260); Law and the Eighth Commandment (No. 261) and Law and the Ninth Commandment (No. 262).

In the second resurrection, violence to the innocent is made good by God. All are resurrected and all are retrained in the Holy Spirit. Look at the logic of the release of Satan. At the end of the Millennium, God orders the release of Satan in order to deal with the planet. He also has allowed him to remain in power on this planet for six thousand years when he has the power to restrain him, and does so restrain him for the Millennium.

In this sense God is complicit in the evils of this world and responsible for allowing the evils to take place. Do we then judge God: By no means. This whole creation is a teaching exercise and at the end of it we will lose no one. We will keep the laws of God and love one another because it is clear to us all what will happen when we do not do so. The purpose of all punishment is the rehabilitation and protection of all people concerned.

What is your position on the death penalty? Is it biblical? If so, how should it be accomplished?

A: Yes, every one of the Ten Commandments is backed by the death penalty. The application of the death penalty is covered in the paper Law and the Sixth Commandment (No. 259) and Law and the Fifth Commandment (No. 258).

Leviticus 19:28 and Deuteronomy 14:2 teaches a Bible student what in relation to tattoos?

A: Tattooing and marking or carapacing is an ancient practice that is forbidden under the laws of God. The origins of the system are found in most ancient societies. The word (tat) actually comes from Polynesia and means, “to strike repeatedly.” The history and ancient times in both Egypt and Mesopotamia are in the paper Tattooing (No. 5)The earliest tattoos in ancient Egypt had the form of a fly (associated perhaps or seemingly with the god of Ekron) and also a form of cross like a swastika.

I appreciate the Biblical direction to “Owe no man.” I have been reading how the 7th year of a 7-year cycle should work. It would appear to me that there is provision to “owe” others at least for a time, otherwise why would debt that lingered past the 6th year need to be forgiven in the 7th year? In this day and age there seems no way to purchase land or houses within 6 years. How can we live in current economic conditions and obey this law?

A: The Bible is quite clear that it is improper to charge interest on any loan. Our world system makes slaves of our children and our poor. No debt can be carried on past the Sabbath year. We should owe no man anything. We should pay our debts. This is very difficult in modern society. Our people have virtually been sold into slavery by the system we have. We are all trying to get out of debt and simplify our lifestyles. We all find this very hard, and we have made it harder for our children than it was for us. The Jews get around this by saying that only applies to the Jews but they are only one of twelve tribes. Our houses are over priced. Our people are destroyed for lack of knowledge and those who obey God’s Laws make themselves prey. Look at the papers on The Law of God (No. L1), and especially Law and the Eighth Commandment (No. 261).

 

Is it okay to gamble? Surely it is simply spending hard-earned money to make more?

A: The Law works on productive increase. The making of money off the losses of another is contrary to the spirit of the Law of God. The Roman Catholic Church condones and in fact uses gambling. That is almost unique in the English speaking system. Gambling in America and Australia has been allowed to increase and the poker machine system has intruded virtually everywhere, such that the results are catastrophic. Gambling can become compulsive addictive behaviour for some as is the case with alcoholics and other drugs users. Compulsive gamblers lie, cheat and even steal to maintain and support their habit. At this point it destroys relationships, marriages and families. Many resort to suicide when things are out of control.

Problem gamblers have a specific mind-set in which the brain operates differently to that of other people. The prospect of gain makes the brain cross transfer impulses and produces larger than normal activity. They can’t help what they do. The pleasure is in the rush of actually risking all and losing. It is only the loss that is the true and full release. The social costs of gambling are horrendous and it will be stamped out in a just society

Food Laws

We are careful to obey Gods food laws. A friend of ours does not eat mushrooms because they have spores to reproduce and he does not consider a spore to be a seed. Have I been wrong in eating mushrooms?

A: No, Mushrooms can be eaten. This idea came from the concept that as we were given seeds to eat and clean animals and spore driven items were not specifically mentioned then anything that grows from spores is unclean in that they are not mentioned among the foods to be eaten or not eaten.

If spore borne items were not to be eaten as unclean then we would be in real trouble. We could not eat Leavened Bread at all as yeast is a spore product. The offerings at Pentecost would be a bizarre contradiction as the two loaves at Pentecost are leavened. God would be ordering us to contradict his own laws.

Beer is leavened by yeast. Wine is yeast fermented. Wild spores are in the air and we eat them all the time. All food has been exposed to some spore activity. Yet God tells us that only for seven days are we not to eat leaven. This is a case of excess zeal not according to knowledge. The people who said this no doubt are trying to be faithful to what they know but have picked up this error from some of the more way out groups keeping the food laws.

One of the academics in the Oxford/Cambridge system published a book a few years ago now about Christ and the mushroom cult. That sort of reasoning is the result of an overactive imagination. The Church of God should be able to see through this error.

We know the food laws are in effect, but if someone needs supplements, i.e. calcium, should it be from a clean animal or plant-based or because it is not being consumed for food, it does not matter? 

A: This is an interesting point. Most food supplements that are required are necessitated by vegetarianism, which is a perversion of Bible laws. If the food laws are obeyed and clean animals are consumed, the necessity for food supplements is considerably reduced. If quality vegetables are consumed in proportion, then the likelihood is reduced. If vitamins were needed, then the manufacturing process would not normally involve unclean animals. In the case of insulin, there are types available from clean animals. The Food laws protect the planet and its environment as well. Look at the papers The Food Laws (No. 15); Vegetarianism and the Bible (No. 183); Wine in the Bible (No. 188) and Balance (No. 209).

Some people I know refuse to eat pork and certain fish. Are they just being fanatical or could there be a valid reason for this in this century with refrigeration available?

A: There is a valid reason for it. The food laws were given in the Bible. God does nothing without good reason. The food laws were dismissed by anthropologists such as Mary Douglas on taboo grounds. Drs. Nanji and French had demonstrated in 1986 that pork was a cause of cirrhosis of the liver. There are a host of other scientific reasons that are covered in the paper The Food Laws (No. 15).

 

There are sound reasons for not eating all the unclean varieties prohibited in Leviticus 11 and Deuteronomy 14 and the handling legislation. The Foodlaws were not eliminated in the New Testament and Acts 10 concerns the conversion of the Gentiles, and not Peter eating unclean food. Look also at the papers Balance (No. 209)Vegetarianism and the Bible (No. 183) and Wine in the Bible (No. 188).

Do biblical food laws prohibit eating meat? Or just certain meats like pork?

A: The food laws prohibit the eating of certain types of meat such as pork. All animals that chew the cud and have cloven hooves are clean to eat. Thus, one can eat a giraffe but not a pig. The pig, among other things, has been demonstrated to cause cirrhosis of the liver due to a chemical in the soft tissue of its flesh that cannot be removed. There are sound scientific reasons for all the food laws.

Fish that can be eaten must have fins and scales. The reason for this is that fish without scales lack the capacity to isolate heavy metals and toxins making them unavailable for human consumption. For example, one can eat tuna but not shark. The reason is that a tuna has scales and that seems to be indicative of a process whereby the mercury levels, while similar to a shark, are bound up with selenium to make it unavailable for human digestion. The selenium is again bound up with arsenates, which are too small to effect human digestion. Prawns and similar seafood have heavy metals in distributed forms throughout their bodies. Oysters cause various entero-viruses and are reinfective agents. Look at the paper The Food Laws (No. 15).

Leviticus 11 and Deuteronomy 14 seem to indicate we are to eat certain types of food and avoid other types of food. Do these food laws tie to the ten commandments?

A: All of the law and the prophets are subtended from the Two Great Commandments. These are:

  1. You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your mind and with all your strength.
  2. You shall love your neighbour as yourself.

The Ten Commandments are directly under these. The first four Commandments hang from the First Great and the last six hang from the Second Great Commandment. The Fifth Commandment ties the two together. The responsibility to “make alive” covers a series of aspects both of the environment and of the individual. The well being of the planet depends in part on the food laws. These are explained at the paper The Food Laws (No. 15).

The relationship to the Law is found in the Law series Law of God (No. L1) and particularly Law and the Fifth Commandment (No. 258) and Law and the Sixth Commandment (No. 259).

All of the Laws of God tie into the Ten Commandments and the prophets explain them all. The New Testament is simply commentary on them. That is why it is so absurd to suggest that Messiah would have eliminated them in any way. That is why we are commanded to read the Law every Sabbath year so that we understand how the Law works and interacts. All of the Law proceeds from the nature of God and reflects that nature.

Tithes and Offerings

I once belonged to a church, which had special offerings that were taken up on the Feast day, seven times during the year. I’ve also read in Deuteronomy 16 and in Exodus 23 that there are three feasts to attend and that offerings were made here. Wouldn’t God be more pleased with seven annual offerings than with only three? 

A: If God had wanted seven offerings in a year, He would have said seven and not three times a year. If He had wanted a weekly offering, He would have said that. Instead, He instituted the tithe system and three offerings a year at the three feast seasons. The issue of tithing and offerings is examined in the papers Tithing (No. 161) and Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256).

I was studying your paper Tithing (No. 161), when I saw that offerings are to be 3 times a year not 7. I do agree. You also mentioned Atonement is strictly forbidden as an offering. Could you please tell me where I could find the Atonement offering forbidden in these scriptures?

A: The law regarding the Atonement tax is at Exodus 30:15: “The rich shall not give more the poor shall not give less than half a shekel when they give and offering unto the Lord to make an atonement for your souls.” Originally it was a tax without exception in Israel. Now it is a tax without distinction paid for us by Christ, and salvation is open to the Gentiles and they enter Israel by grace and adoption as sons of God.

This concept is developed in Acts 10:34 and Romans 3:22,23; 10:12. The offering is a heave offering. Bullinger also understands this point in his notes to the Companion Bible at Exodus 30:15. When an offering is taken up on Atonement, it is a direct violation of the Law and a rejection of the all-embracing power of the redemption of Christ and the extension of Salvation to the Gentiles.

My pastor says that if a believer does not tithe he is stealing from God and therefore is a thief, and that thieves do not go to heaven. Is he scripturally correct? 

A: Your pastor is referring to the text in Malachi 3:7-12. If you do not tithe, you rob God. This is covered in the paper Tithing (No. 161). It is a sign of the return of the individual to God. However, it is only one sign and your pastor cannot have it both ways. The Law of God has to be kept and so do the commandments regarding the festivals. The Tithes and Offerings are tied up with the Feasts of the Lord. Look at the paper Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256). It is all too common for ministers to appeal to the law regarding tithing, and yet ignore it on all the other important aspects. You may find it interesting to look at the series on The Law of God (No. L1).

No one goes to heaven. It was the test of a true Christian in the early church. If anyone said that they were a Christian and that when they died they went to heaven, they were not to be believed. That was the test of a Christian and a Gnostic. Anyone who said that when they died they went to heaven, showed by that statement they were a Gnostic and not a Christian (see Justin Martyr, Second Apology). This is covered in the papers The Soul (No. 92) and The Resurrection of the Dead (No. 143).

ISRAEL

Weren’t there 12 judges in Israel? Does this have anything to do with there being twelve tribes? 

A: The twelve judges of Israel have a relationship to the twelve tribes and were drawn from them. The apostles also head the twelve tribes and the 144,000 are also allocated to them. The twelve apostles and the twelve judges all represent the twenty-four elders of the inner council, and the twenty-four high priests of the division of the Temple also have this symbolism. Look at the papers The City of God (No. 180) and Samson and the Judges (No. 73).

Do you know how many kings there were in Israel from Saul until the deportation by the Assyrians? 

A: There is a list of the kings in the Companion Bible at Appendix 50 but the chronology is completely erroneous. The Kings of the combined kingdom of Israel and Judah were Saul, David and Solomon.

Jeroboam reigned over Israel from the Division, and Rehoboam reigned over Judah. From then on the kings of Israel were: Nadab, Baasha, Elah, Zimri (7days), Omri, Ahab, Ahaziah, Jehoram, Jehu, Jehoahaz, Jehoash, Jeroboam II, Zechariah, Shallum (1 month), Menahem, Pekahiah s. of Menahem, Pekah s. of Remaliah, and Hoshea. In 722 BCE, the fall of Samaria to the Assyrians occurred and Israel was taken into captivity. Total: 22 kings of Israel.

This question involves one of the tribes of Israel. The tribes are numbered as thirteen when the two half-tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh are counted separately but when they are counted as one single tribe they are numbered as twelve. In Genesis 49 Ephraim and Manasseh are counted as one tribe. In Ezekiel 48 the two half-tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh are treated as two separate tribes, making the number of the tribes thirteen. Regardless of how one counts the tribes, the fact is Dan has been left out here. Why has Dan been left out of the 144,000?

A: The birthright is with Joseph because Reuben lost it through fornication with one of the wives. Levi was the priesthood and so became the thirteenth tribe, but not taking part in the physical blessings of Israel directly but through the tithe, which was given to it as the priesthood. Joseph, as the birthright holder, had a double portion under the law. This went to Ephraim firstly and Manasseh secondly. Look at the papers Law and the Fifth Commandment (No. 258) and The Law of God (No. L1) and the Law series generally.

In Numbers 10 we see the battle order of the tribes of Israel. These are East: Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun; South: Reuben, Simeon, and Gad; West: Ephraim, Manasseh and Benjamin; North: Dan, Asher, and Napthali. These differ from Ezekiel 48, which is a prophetic or millennial system. In that system, Joseph goes back to one allocation and Dan resumes their order. Reuben goes to the North with Judah as firstborn, and this is now the reverse of the order of battle of the original tribes. There is also an allocation of the lands according to the tribes as well, which is not being examined here. The lands of Israel will stretch to the Euphrates.

The text in Revelation 7 refers to the priesthood for the inner priests of Christ comprising the 144,000. These were drawn out as living sacrifices comprising a council of 72 per year for the forty Jubilees of the church in the wilderness. 72 x 2000 equals 144,000. This is explained in the paper The Harvests of God, the New Moon Sacrifices, and the 144,000 (No. 120). Levi’s major function is as a priest tribe therefore they resume their normal duties and take a share in the priesthood of the 144,000.

To achieve this Dan who has another major birthright promise to take up yields part of its inheritance as does Ephraim and they share in the 12,000 of Joseph who is always a combined tribe. Manasseh takes 12,000 in its own right, which is very interesting. Dan then takes its birthright and becomes judge in Israel as promised in Genesis 49:16. This is the reason for the verse: “I have waited for thy salvation O Lord.” Only on the return does Dan take up his inheritance as Judge in Israel. This is Scripture and cannot be broken.

Dan then takes its position at the East gate in Ezekiel’s system with Joseph and Benjamin, the children of Rachel. This is the place of entry of the Messiah and hence the seat of Judgment. There is another point also in the birthright promises that has not been taken up as yet, and that is the calling of the people to Jerusalem. That birthright is taken up by Issachar and Zebulun (Deut. 33:18-19). Look at the paper Calling the Peoples to Jerusalem (No. 238). None of these three tribes has exercised these birthright promises as yet and Scripture cannot be broken. God’s word does not come back void or empty.

Does God give any indication as to the criterion for the order of the tribes for battle (as referenced in your answer citing Numbers 10) and for the order of the tribes at the gates (cited in Ezekiel 48)? Levi is not in the battle order (with Ephraim and Manasseh counted as sons of Israel) but Levi is in the gate order (with Ephraim and Manasseh represented by Joseph)?

A: Levi is in the battle order in Numbers 10 carrying the Ark of the Covenant and the Temple, but is broken up for these purposes. Look at the paper The Ark of the Covenant (No. 196). They carried the physical structure and thus, were an order of priests set apart for that purpose.

We are the Temple of God now and we are the Oracles of God. We are the Ark of the Covenant and that is why Jeremiah was told to hide it where he did. If they found it again where it is hidden, we would have to send a team to re-bury it. There is a new order of priests after the order of Melchisedek, and which comprises Levi who paid tithes in the loins of Abraham to Melchisedek and is thus a lesser priesthood. Hence, Levi is one of the priesthood for the millennial system and thus appears in the gate order as the apostles of the twelve tribes are over each one. Look also at the papers Melchisedek (No. 128) and The Oracles of God (No. 184). This gate order in Ezekiel tells you the gate order of the City of God. Thus, we can also be given an indication of the foundations of the apostles over the tribes from their placement and dispersion. This is another matter. Look at the paper The City of God (No. 180).

It is also our view that the order of the tribes in the Gates is indicative of the order of March. As you are aware, Messiah enters always via the east gate and that is why it is bricked up at the moment in the wall at the Temple Mount in Jerusalem. The witnesses will probably shatter that gate when they arrive, in preparation for or at the arrival of Messiah, when the Mount of Olives cleaves and the First Resurrection occurs. Look at the paper The Witnesses (including the Two Witnesses) (No. 135). As Dan is judge, it is also in the East gate with the birthright tribes, but Dan leads the sons of Rachel, the birthright tribe of Joseph (i.e. Ephraim, Manasseh and the son of the promise, Benjamin). Dan thus becomes first and not last. Judah is the rearguard, instead of Dan, as Messiah is our rearward or rearguard protection. This will take place during the Millennium also. It is written: Manasseh shall feed off Ephraim then Ephraim shall feed off Manasseh (which is where we are now) and then both shall feed off Judah. Again, Scripture cannot be broken. Look also at the paper Rachel and the Law (No. 281). This may also give an indication of the birthright shift from west to east.

Three tribes were also given an inheritance over Jordan, these were half Manasseh, Reuben and Gad and some Ephraim and Dan also joined them in Gilead. Dan split into two as well in the occupation. Israel and Assyria will come out of Europe in the north, hand in hand, to reoccupy the Middle East also. We moved into Europe in the second century CE when the Parthian Empire fell and joined the rest of the Israelite-Hittite-Phoenician alliance in Britain and West Europe in the fourth century. The Bar Kochba rebels of Judah had gone on to America after the failure of the revolt in the second century. Look at the paper The Unitarian/Trinitarian Wars (No. 268).

Allen’s work of Judah’s Sceptre and Joseph’s Birthright misidentified the tribal movements and trivialised the issue. The US and BC in Prophecy, published by the  Worldwide Church of God, merely reinforced the historical errors by plagiarising Allen’s work. The movement from Europe will be after the wars of the Fifth and Sixth trumpets. The last wars of the kings of the North and South are about to begin. Look also at The Seven Seals (No. 140) and The Seven Trumpets (No. 141). The movement will commence with the flooding of the Netherlands and the low countries in the not too distant future (See the paper Global Warming and Bible Prophecy (No. 218).

 

This is in reference to the allocation of the 24 elders. I realise there are 4 cherubim around God’s throne. I thought this would make 4 quadrants or areas of responsibility; therefore I would divide 24 by 4 and get 6 elders given responsibility under each cherub. The division might continue with the 12 judges and 12 apostles each also being allocated responsibility under a cherub, with 3 judges and 3 apostles to each quadrant. Would this be correct?

A: Yes, your idea is correct. Israel was divided as two divisions to a tribe. There were three tribes to a quadrant. The zodiac is a corruption of the divisions of the government which the tribes represent.

The East, and first, quadrant under the Lion which is of Judah is: Judah, Issachar and Zebulun. They are first in the order of march. Second is the South, or man system, of Reuben Simeon and Gad. Third is the Western, or Bull-headed system, which is Ephraim, Manasseh and Benjamin. Fourth, or last, is the Northern or Eagle system, which is also represented by a Scorpion and balances in judgment. These tribes are Dan, Asher and Napthali.

These are the rearguard of Israel, hence the sting in the tail and also the symbol of the serpents path. The Tabernacles and the priesthood move between the First and Second Quadrants. The position of the Ark is examined in the paper The Ark of the Covenant (No. 196). Look also at the papers The Meaning of Ezekiel’s Vision (No. 108) and The Government of God (No. 174). This structure will become the City of God. Look at the paper The City of God (No. 180).

Moses

In this verse (Ex. 32:19) it states that Moses broke the 2 tablets. Then he had to go back up to get them written again. Does this have any significant meaning? Is there more to this than Moses just getting mad?

A: Yes, this has great significance. The symbolism was that Israel would break the law and be unable to keep it in a state of sin, being divorced from God. The second time represented the new Moses who was to come as Jesus Christ, who would ascend to the Mountain of God and return with the Holy Spirit, which would lock the law of God in all our hearts.

That is why, when Christ ascended to the throne of God on the Wave Sheaf at 9 a.m. following his resurrection, he returned that day and breathed the Holy Spirit on the disciples and said, “Receive the Holy Spirit” (Jn. 20:22).

Would you please explain if Moses’ wife and 2 children went with Moses when he returned to Egypt to lead God’s people to freedom? Exodus 4:20 seems to indicate they were along on part of the trip; yet, Exodus 18:1-5 indicates that Jethro brought Moses’ wife and children.

A: Zipporah went down to Egypt with Moses and the two boys as we see in Exodus 4. She appears to have tried to prevent the circumcision of Eliezar and nearly had him killed because of that fact. She then did it herself to save his life and accused Moses because of it. The language in the texts is accusative. She was herself a descendent of Abraham, through the sons of Keturah, and should have known better.

Exodus 18:2 says that Moses sent her back. It was probably at this point in Ex. 4:26 that he sent her back to her father Jethro from the inn, thus she did not make it to Egypt. The meeting of Aaron and Moses in the next verse (Ex. 4:27) makes no mention of her or the boys. Nothing short of wholehearted spiritual strength would bring Israel out of this Exodus with their minds set on God.

In Exodus 14 it speaks of the hosts of Pharaoh. Who were these and do they have symbolic meaning? 

A: The entire story of Moses and the Exodus is dealing with the nation, and also the fallen host that it worshipped and by which it was governed. The significance of this is covered in a paper on the Exodus called Moses and the Gods of Egypt (No. 105).

The entire structure of the Bible is allegory and parables dealing with the structure of the Plan of Salvation. You will also enjoy the paper Pentecost at Sinai (No. 115), which takes the Exodus on to Sinai and the giving of the Law. The next paper in that aspect is The Golden Calf (No. 222). Thus, we have both a physical host and spiritual host, which God dealt with through Christ. Look also at the paper The Pre-Existence of Jesus Christ (No. 243).

I need some information on the Red Sea parting. I once saw something about a scientific reason for this. Any biblical reference will be of great importance for what I am looking for.

A: For a long time scientists and people in general have been trying to explain away the miracle of Israel and the Exodus in the crossing of the Red Sea. Some linguists try to make it read the Reed Sea and place it as a marsh in the area of the canal. The Israelites allegedly marched over the marsh of the reed sea and the Egyptian chariots sank. However, that is not what the Bible says happened.

There is another version which places Pi ha Hiroth on the Gulf of Aqaba. It is asserted that the gaps in the mountains either side allowed the deluge to wash down massive amounts of soil and that there is a bridge under the water, some few hundred feet down. Thus, the sea was piled up on the sides of the underwater bridge and the Israelites crossed into Midian near Jebel el Laws in Saudi Arabia. The name means, “The Mountain of the Law” in Arabic. There is a video purporting to have been made at this site. We have no evidence of its authenticity. When we can send a team there, we will look for the crossing.

Which day of the First month did Israel start the seven-day march around the walls of Jericho?

A: Israel, under Joshua, crossed into the Promised Land on the tenth day of the First month, and was set aside to the Lord in circumcision on that day. They abode four days and on the Fourteenth day of the First month, they killed the Passover and ate of the old corn of Canaan on the First Holy Day of Unleavened Bread (Josh. 5:11). This act enabled Rahab to be counted by the scarlet thread on her lintels, and salvation was again extended to the Gentiles as part of Israel.

Joshua 5:13 says that “it came to pass that when Joshua was by Jericho that he lifted his eyes and there stood a man against him with a drawn sword.”

This is held to be between the 15th and 21st of the First month. We can assume that they kept the 15th as a holy day as commanded. We can make one of two deductions. The command of Christ as the Captain of the Host of God came to him when he was near Jericho. We might assume that the story is conjoint and that he spoke with Christ on the 14th day, and that the activities of the host took place from 15th Nisan and went for seven days. The Seventh Days were the Holy Days, and the walls went flat and the children of Israel entered on the last Holy Day of Unleavened Bread. This has merit in that the symbolism of the feast of Unleavened Bread is to remove sin, as malice and wickedness, from among us. The fall of Jericho is symbolised by this activity. The difficulty with this is that the major activity of the battle took place on a Holy Day.

We might conclude that this was done to show the victory of the host was enabled by the right conduct of Israel as the Church keeping the feasts of God. In this light, the case has merit. In the other view, we might say that the story is continuing; that the events took place over the Feast and the Last day’s activities took place on the day after the Holy Day. In which case, we overcome the objection but we lose the full power of the symbolism of the Battle and the purpose of the feast of Unleavened Bread.

The story is covered in the paper The Fall of Jericho (No. 142) but this aspect is not properly developed there. The seven days were most probably the seven days of Unleavened Bread from 15 to 21 Abib. The battle and victory took place at the end of the Feast. The end result is that the first day was 15 Abib, but it may possibly have been 16 Abib. It is discounted as being after the 21st, as the full symbolism of Abib is lost.

Christ probably appeared to Joshua as the prototype on 14 Abib.

The fall of Jericho sounds a little like the book of Revelation with the marching around the city for seven days, and going around seven times on the seventh day. Is this coincidence, or is there a link here? 

A: The actions of the Old Testament were a reflection of the New Testament and the Church. The entire story of the forty years in the wilderness and the taking of the Promised Land were a reflection of the forty Jubilees in the wilderness of the church.

Christ met Joshua, son of Nun of Ephraim, at the plain of Jericho as the captain of the Army of God, and he will come again to Israel to save them and place them again in their inheritance. The paper The Fall of Jericho (No. 142) deals with the similarities of which you speak.

Was there any significance to the red cords that Rahab was told to put in the window of her house so that the Israelite army would not kill anyone in her house? 

A: The red cords were a symbol of the blood of the lamb that was on the doorposts and lintels of Israel in Egypt. Rahab had made a deliberate decision to affix herself to the body of Israel. She was the symbol of the salvation of the Gentiles. There was a mixed multitude that also joined Israel when they went out of Egypt.

The Lamb was her protection here, as it was in Egypt. Here he came as the captain of the Army of the Lord. He also gave the Law to Moses. The same thing was said to Joshua as was said to Moses: “Take off your shoes for the place where you are standing is Holy Ground.” Look at the paper The Fall of Jericho (No. 142).

Rahab was told to put red cords in the window of her house so that the Israelite army would not kill her or her family. Is this the same concept as the blood put on the doorposts of the Israelites’ houses on the first Passover?

A: Yes, but not many people make that connection. If Judah understood that, then they would all be converted. This is why we have to keep the Lord’s Supper on 14 Abib and the Night of Watchings on 15 Abib. That is why the first thing the pagans eliminated from the Church was the Passover, and substituted Easter using the bishops in Rome from Anicetus in 152 to Victor in 190-192. Once they did that, the Church in Rome was cut off from Christ and the rest was easy. Look at the paper The Quartodeciman Disputes (No. 277) and also the papers The Lord’s Supper (No. 103)The Passover (No. 98) and Sanctification of the Temple of God (No. 241).

Idols and Images

There seems to be a contradiction in the story of the golden idol or idols that Aaron either made or allowed to be made while Moses was upon the Mount. After the completion of the molten calf or calves, he said at Exodus 32:4 “These be thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.” Then Nehemiah 9:18 says they had made for themselves a molten calf, indicating a singular idolCould you please clarify the difference?

A: Yes, this is another contradiction in the Bible, which serves to illustrate a lesson. Aaron is recorded as saying: “These be thy gods, O Israel” and Nehemiah says Aaron said, “This is thy god, O Israel.” Aaron is speaking of the earrings that were used in the construction, which were themselves amulets which were collected, and from which the calf was made.

Nehemiah’s reference is in the singular to illustrate it was only one idol made up from many individual amulets. The calf was allowed because it served as a teaching lesson and cleaned idolaters out of the priesthood. The nation was also cleaned of the amulets. The idolatrous purpose behind these protections for the orifices of the head is explained in the paper The Origin of the Wearing of Earrings and Jewellery in Ancient Times (No. 197)The story of the Calf and the theology behind it is found in the paper The Golden Calf (No. 222).

In reading further about the account of Israel making an idol while Moses was away, I am wondering why they chose to make a calf instead of say a lion or a bear or some other creature. Was there some particular reason why they chose to make a calf?

A: The calf was a symbol of the moon god, Sin. The horns, symbolised by the crescent moon, were also associated with the finger of Ashirat, which was another name for the deity associated with the feminine aspects, as Istar. The horns in Egypt were also associated with Hathor who was a symbol of fertility as a pregnant horned female. As the mother goddess she was associated with Isis and also Nut. Isis was the consort of Osiris and the mother lover of Horus, as was Easter (or Istar or Ashtoreth) of the Baal-Easter system. They are all part of the mystery sun cults.

The Trinity stems from this system as the Triune God and appears in Egypt as Osiris, Isis and Horus; in Palestine as Baal, Ashtoreth and the Morning star as the third element; and in Rome it was as Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva who was the virgin of the Immaculate Conception. These elements were transferred into Christianity in total by the fifth and sixth centuries. The term “Easter” comes from “Istar,” as does “Ostar” or “Ostara.”

The Minotaur of the Cretans is the same as the god Chemosh and Milcom (hence Malcolm) of the Moabites and Ammonites. The human sacrifices were offered to the god and sometimes cooked alive inside it. This is the origin of passing your children through the fire to Moloch. This Golden Calf was worshipped among the Irish Celts until the 5th century and cannibalism is noted among the Scots in France during the same century. The details are found in the papers The Golden Calf (No. 222) and The Origins of Christmas and Easter (No. 235).

I heard that images were authorized based on John 3:14 “And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of Man be lifted up.” The reasoning was that Christ approved the making and exalting of the brazen serpent, by which the Israelites were healed in the desert. I know Christ would never support worshipping an image but what is the correct understanding of the text?

A: Moses used the brazen serpent as a symbol to Israel that they had power over the serpents and it acted as a psychological prop for people who were bitten (cf. Num. 21:9). No one prayed to it or worshipped it. Moses was dealing with the problem of getting an uneducated people to a point where God could work with them. It was also a prophecy that referred back to the position in Genesis where the heel of the seed of the woman would bruise the head of the serpent and he would bruise his heel. This referred to the battle between Christ, as head of Israel and the Church, and Satan. It looked forward to the redemption of man by the elevated Christ who was to die for our sins. These papers are relevant: Moses and the God’s of Egypt (No. 105); Pentecost at Sinai (No. 115) and The Cross: Its Origin and Significance (No. 39).

Joshua

I am doing a report on the man Joshua in the Bible. I have several questions, but a lack of resources. I need a basic bibliography of Joshua’s life and how he did things. Can you help?

A: You can get an idea of the life of Joshua, and the symbolism of what he did and his environment, from looking at five papers for the background to the Exodus and the significance of what he did: The Passover (No. 98); Moses and the Gods of Egypt (No. 105); Pentecost at Sinai (No. 115); The Golden Calf (No. 222) and The Fall of Jericho (No. 142).

He was the son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim. The concept of his name here means, “the Salvation of God (Yahoshua) comes through Endurance (Nun).” These were names of the Messiah. “Jesus” is a rendering in English of the Greek form of writing “Joshua.” It is correctly translated Joshua in English (see the paper Joshua, the Messiah, the Son of God (No. 134)).

He was a young man in Egypt who came out with Moses. He was one of the twelve spies and the only one of the twelve, along with Caleb of Judah, to enter the Promised Land. He rose to war leader of Israel and was chosen as Judge of Israel to enter the Promised Land. He took Jericho and then the cities mentioned in the Bible text in progression. He lived to 110 years of age. He was buried in his inheritance on the North side of the hill of Gaash on the border of his inheritance, which was the city of Timnath Serah in Mount Ephraim. The Septuagint adds to Joshua 24:30 that they buried the knives of stone with him that he used to circumcise Israel at Gilgal.

Look at the Book of Joshua for the details of the conquest and his life, as that is the most comprehensive account. You will find sketches of his life in the Bible dictionaries at your library. Interpreter’s Dictionary of the Bible is a good one and so too is ISBE.

I was reading the book of Joshua and saw a few things that were of interest. One was that when he was to take the people over the Jordan to the land God had promised them, he had a priest step into the Jordan and it was divided just like the red sea and the people went across on dry land. Does this prefigure baptism? Also they had to circumcise all the males again because they had wandered in the wilderness for forty years. Why weren’t they circumcised 8 days after birth? Joshua was instructed to take 12 rocks and make a memorial. Do the 12 rocks represent the 12 apostles?

A: Joshua is a very interesting text. The symbolism of entering the Promised Land was like that of Israel in the Exodus. The Passover brought them out of Egypt. This was a type of Christ, who was the Passover Lamb. They could have gone into the Promised Land when the twelve were sent to spy out the land but only two, Joshua and Caleb, were dedicated enough. These two symbolised Israel and Judah.

They then had to spend forty years in the wilderness before they were allowed to enter. That is the same as the Forty Jubilees of the Church in the wilderness. They were not circumcised so as to make a difference between the old generation, which refused to take up their inheritance, and the ones not part of the decision that were born in the wilderness. That represented the Church.

The Church has to be prepared once again for the coming of the Messiah, and so does Israel. The priest standing in the Jordan was symbolic of baptism. These people were brought through the Jordan and then circumcised into Israel and the Covenant. The circumcision here represents the rolling of sin from the Gentiles and from the nation of Israel. There were twelve stones left in the middle thread of the river. This is a boundary marker and the division of Israel and the world. There were twelve stones also taken as an altar at Gilgal.

There are thus two lots of twelve as twenty-four stones. These in two divisions represent the two aspects of the priesthood and the apostles and judges. The symbolism of what happened there and its relationship to the Plan of Salvation and the Return of Messiah is explained in the paper The Fall of Jericho (No. 142).

 

What is the meaning of the 2 spies hiding in the hill country for 3 days (Joshua 2:1-24)? There are many references to 3 days, i.e. sign of Jonah, etc.

A: It is another example of the two witnesses’ concept. We saw it with John and Messiah, and we will see it again when the witnesses get here. The two spies act as witnesses against the civilisation they are sent to spy out. In the last days, the two will stand for 1,260 days and then they will be killed by the world systems. They will lie in the streets for 3 ½ days and then be resurrected. Look at the papers The Fall of Jericho (No. 142) and The Witnesses (including the Two Witnesses) (No. 135).

 

Judges

What is the meaning of this passage (Jud 9:7-21) in reference to 4 different types of trees and other components of the text?

A: The trees of Judges 9:7-21 represent the trees of Israel’s power and the fourth false system of the Antichrist that is allowed to rule over it, and in the end destroys it.

Trees went forth, in the emphatic sense in the Hebrew, with great earnestness of purpose. (cf. Companion Bible n. to v. 8). The first is the olive, which represented Israel’s religious privileges and power (cf. Rom. 11 and Zechariah 4 re the olive trees). The Olive Trees are the power of witness of the nation of Israel. By the oil of its fatness, the nation honours God. In other words, the power of its witness was used to glorify God. But the spirit, who represented the trees, wanted it to participate in a false system of self-aggrandisement.

They asked the fig tree, which was the symbol of Israel’s national privileges (Mat. 21:19-20; Mk. 11:13, 20, 21; Lk. 13:6-9). This was its birthright promise. The fig held to its birthright under temptation of the host, who wanted to tempt it to defeat its birthright promise.

The vine was Israel’s spiritual privilege. For the vineyard of the Lord is the whole house of Israel (cf. Isaiah chap 5 and John chap 15). The word “leave” in v. 13 is “forsake” as in v. 11, and the concept is that of forsaking the power of the Holy Spirit through this temptation of the host and its false system. The wine here is “tirosh” or “new wine” which cheers both God and man. This is the wine of the Lord’s Supper and the Passover of the saints of God.

The bramble is the false tree of the Antichrist system and the false system of worship, which devours Israel through the fallen host and the Babylonian Mystery and sun cults. This is seen as devouring the false nation under the Antichrist system. This also can be seen from the concept of the story of Gideon. Look at Gideon’s Force and the Last Days (No. 22).

In Judges 19 we read about a situation where a Levite has a concubine that has been gone 4 months and he goes after her to reconcile after she has been unfaithful. It is quite similar to the time of Lot. The woman is raped to death by the sons of Belial then her man dismembers her and distributes the 12 body parts into all the coasts of Israel. Is there some symbolism here for us today and why did they not hesitate to turn the women over to these men as Lot was also willing to give his daughters?

A: Yes, there are some striking parallels in this story. The tempting conclusion is that the symbolism of the Levite is Christ, as elohim of Israel. The concubine from Bethlehem-Judah (a Jewess of Messiah’s clan) who was unfaithful was Israel that was taken in and repented as the church. Bethlehem-Judah was also of the Gentiles in Tamar and Ruth.

There are two periods of four whole months, which are two lots of 120 prophetic days. This was allowed to happen so that the message to the tribes would be understood. The tribe of Benjamin was the youngest and the “son of the promise.” Saul was also from Gibeah. The tribe was almost wiped out and then was allowed to be rebuilt by the stealing of the daughters of the tribes.

The Church was abused and murdered by the sons of Israel. Israel decided to rebuke Benjamin, but lost 40,000 men in two days. But Benjamin was destroyed except for 600 who formed a nucleus of the new tribe. The real message is that Israel paid a price for the treatment of the Church and the sons of the promise were also wiped out and then had to be built up at the expense of all.

Gideon

Would you please explain if Gideon had 70 sons (Jdg. 8:30) or 72 because Abimelech and Jotham were his sons and not accounted for in the dead of Jdg. 9:5? What is the significance of these numbers and systems?

A: Yes, the seventy represent the elders of Israel and the council of the Church. The Sanhedrin were always referred to as the seventy, but were always understood as seventy plus two. They represented the Council of God and were understood as having the two. This was depicted by the seventy with Eldad and Medad outside the tabernacle under Moses. Moses and Aaron also depicted the positions of Christ and God over the seventy.

This position was also seen in the Sanhedrin at the time of Christ, where the Seventy were supervised by the High Priest and his deputy (Annas and Caiaphas at the time of Christ). This later became the Nasi or prince and the High priest. Luke 10:1,17 shows that the seventy were ordained by Christ and sent out but the text in the Greek reads “hebdomekonta”[duo] or seventy[two]. Gideon represents the story of the church in the last days. Look at the paper Gideon’s Force and the Last Days (No. 22).

Samson

Was Samson’s power really derived from his hair, or did he just think so? 

A: His hair was a symbol of the power of the Holy Spirit. Until the Messiah, the closest one could get to the elect was as a Nazirite under vow, and their hair was not cut.

Other than that, God conferred his power on individuals according to their selection as prophets or kings, such as David, or the elders of Israel, and the Judges. Now all men can approach God through Christ and be given the Holy Spirit. What they do with it determines their entry to the First Resurrection.

God also calls whom He chooses and predestines. These are the called and chosen of Romans 8:29-30 and they are thus justified and glorified. Many are called but few are chosen. Look at the paper Samson and the Judges (No. 73) for a fuller explanation of the operation of the Holy Spirit in the cycles and the explanation of some important parables.

Samson gave a riddle to thirty companions (Jdg. 14:12-14). Later Samson’s wife told them the answer, after which he got mad and went into town and slayed 30 men and took their festal garments and gave them to the companions. My question is this: Is there some kind of symbolism to this story?

A: The story points to the structure of the inner council of God and also to the salvation of the Gentiles. The council is comprised of seventy plus two. But the inner council is comprised of twenty-four divisional commanders or elders allotted to the four covering cherubim, in divisions and structures of two to a unit of twelve as were the high priests symbolising them; and then into quadrants of six in three units as were the tribes of Israel divided into quadrants of three making up twelve tribes (see Num. 10).

The Lamb and the Ancient of Days make up the inner throne council of the thirty. Satan was also removed from this council and will be replaced. The thirty garments are representative of the allocation of the Holy Spirit in power and the opportunity of salvation going to the Gentiles. If they had gone to God, He would have told them that out of the dead carcasses of the lion came the fruit or honey of the Holy Spirit.

The word “Essene” means “Bees” and this was the ancient religion of Assyria right up until the time of Christ, and was seen in the Celibate priests of the Baal-Easter system. Instead they ploughed with Samson’s heifer and he killed them and took the garments they already had. This was a warning to the demonic host as well. Look at the paper Samson and the Judges (No. 73); The Judgment of the Demons (No. 80); David and Goliath (No. 126) and The Pinata (No. 276).

Ruth

In the book of Ruth, Boaz represents Christ and Ruth the Church. Who does Ruth’s kinsman, who does not fulfil his obligation to marry her, represent? Is it Satan or someone or something else? 

A: It is symbolic of Levi and Judah as a whole who failed the Gentiles because of their xenophobia, and also of Satan and the fallen Host who were given the responsibility for the Gentiles but failed to take them into the Kingdom of God as brides.

The elder kinsman is both Levi and Judah, and the Anointed Covering Cherub that was Lucifer. Look at the paper Ruth (No. 27) and also look at Lucifer: Light Bearer and Morning Star (No. 223) and Lost Sheep and The Prodigal Son (No. 199).

1Samuel

Would you comment on 1Samuel 6. Once again I noticed it contained the number 5. How did the Philistines have a concept of the guilt offering? Is there any significance regarding the cities and their religions? Also was the ark returned around Pentecost since they were harvesting wheat?

A: In this text in 1Samuel 6 we see the Ark receives its own divine title as “The Ark of Yahovah.” The Law was placed within the Ark, as the Law proceeded from Yahovah of Hosts to the entire Host through the Holy Spirit.

The Ark was captured after the Feasts of the Seventh month and was with the Philistines for seven months. The symbolism is this. Israel was to live by the law of God and protect the Law as Holy, Perfect, Righteous and Good Truth, which thing also is God.

The Ark was given to the Gentiles and they had it but did not live according to the laws of God and so the curses or the plagues of Egypt came upon them. In this way, they attracted the emerods and the mice, which were the plagues of Egypt. They got piles, in other words, and no doubt boils and other things, as well as the mice plague.

However, we know that the five cities of the Lords of the Philistines were all struck by the plagues and they were given until the Passover, and then the second Passover experienced during the Omer count and the fifty days to Pentecost, which is the Wheat Harvest.

So, the Philistines were given a chance at salvation. They were given the five months of grace, from the Last Great Day to the Preparation for the Sanctification of the Temple and the Passover, which they did not observe and so they were under judgment and the curses of Deuteronomy 28 came on them being under judgment. Look at the paper The Blessings and the Curses (No. 75).

They did not repent and take the First Passover, and then failing that the second Passover, as is provided by Law. Look at the paper Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256). This was to look forward to the opportunity, which was to be given to the Gentiles for the Law of God to come upon them as the Philistines were given charge of the Ark.

The five Lords had as witness against them the two plagues, which they symbolised in their votive offerings of emerods (haemorrhoids) and mice. These five cities of the Philistines were similar to the five nations that were later given the area of Samaria and Galilee. The five are a symbol of grace. By grace God conferred salvation on the Gentiles.

The Philistines failed to live by the laws of God and so incurred the penalties. They had literally to give up the Law of God and the Ark, symbolising the Holy Spirit that proceeded from God. They had to hand it back to those whose right it was. In this way, any Gentile who comes into the Church and does not live by the commandments of God is removed and cannot enter the Kingdom of God. If they do not speak according to the Law and the Testimony (Prophets), there is no light in them (Isa 8:20).

The Holy Spirit gave command to the priests of the Philistines as it commanded Balaam. Look at the paper The Doctrine of Balaam and Balaam’s Prophecy (No. 204). The Philistines knew what the religion of Israel was and had observed it first hand for centuries.

The result was also to stand as a witness to Israel. They asked for a sign that they might tell that it was the God of Israel that smote them with the plagues. It was to have gone up by the way of the House of the Sun, which stood on the border of Judah and Dan.

This is another reprimand for Israel, as they have been backsliders into the worship of the sun cults and Baal-Easter for millennia. They will not learn, even to this very day, for they are a stubborn and rebellious people, the whole house of Israel.

The cart came into the field of Joshua, which is the name of the Messiah, and the cart was used as fuel and the oxen were offered up as a sacrifice to the Lord God in that place called the House of the Sun Beth-Shemesh.

The Ark was set down on the Great Stone of Abel at Beth Shemesh. This is a reference to the Church that was begun with Adam, and the first sacrifices that were accepted as those of righteous Abel. The Holy Spirit had been given to the patriarchs, and the Church had been founded on the Rock that was God with the Ark representing the Holy Spirit. On this stone God would build His church through the Holy Spirit and on the foundation of the apostles with the chief corner stone who was Joshua, the Messiah, the Son of God. Look at the papers The Ark of the Covenant (No. 196); Doctrine of Original Sin Part 2 The Generations of Adam (No. 248) and Joshua, the Messiah, the Son of God (No. 134).

When David slew Goliath we are told that he picked up 5 rocks from the stream, one of which killed Goliath (1Sam. 17:40). Do you think there’s any symbolism to there being 5 rocks and not say 4 or 6 or 7 rocks?

  1. Yes, there is a symbolism. The five rocks represent the five churches that make it into the Kingdom of God in Revelation, chapters 2 and 3. Two churches do not make it. These are Sardis and Laodicea, with only individuals of these organisations who triumph.

One of these churches is used by Messiah, here represented by David, to strike the giant of the world’s systems in the forehead, where is found the mark of its system. In the last days, truth and the well-aimed stone of David as the anointed King of Israel, who is yet to take up his crown, overcome this system. The symbolism of the religious structures of the world and the Philistine’s relationship to them is seen in the paper David and Goliath (No. 126).

What did King David achieve in his life? Why is his story important? How did God touch his life? 

A: David was chosen by God to be King of Israel, and David was given the Holy Spirit to achieve that end. He was also placed in various positions and tests to provide lessons for all of us, as to the conduct of a man after God’s own heart.

He was used to make all preparations for the Temple of God. David prepared and then Solomon built the Temple. This was to serve as an illustration of the lessons of creation and the Plan of Salvation. The story of his battle with Goliath and the theological significance of that event are covered in the paper David and Goliath (No. 126).

The place of David in the Plan of God will be dealt with in the paper Rule of the Kings Part II: David (No. 282B)His time in history and the entry into Jerusalem is discussed in the paper Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272)He is to be the king of Israel under Messiah as elohim, as are the elect from Zechariah 12:8.

1Kings

In Exodus 20:3 God commanded us not to make any carved images of anything. When I was studying 1Kings 6, especially verse 23 and on I see that Solomon made 2 cherubim of olivewood and carved others. Why is this? Also what is the significance of the cherubim, palm trees and the open flowers that were carved?

A: The Second Commandment is read in two ways. One is that no image of anything is to be made at all. The second way is that no image on anything that is to be worshipped is to be made. It is “thou shalt not bow down to it or worship it” that is conditional to the making of the image itself.

This is obviously the meaning, otherwise the instructions for the building of the Ark of the Covenant were in direct contradiction to the Second Commandment and Solomon’s actions here, and in the subsequent temple, are all in breach of the Commandment. So too, we see Ezekiel’s Temple is in breach of the Law.

Israel never worshipped any graven image or object, and the cherubim were no exception. It is from Ezekiel that we see the identity and purpose of the anointed Covering Cherubim. There were four of them. They are represented as the Bull-headed, Lion-headed, Eagle-headed, and Man-headed cherubim. They surround the throne of God. Look at the papers The Meaning of Ezekiel’s Vision (No. 108); The Government of God (No. 174) and Pentecost at Sinai (No. 115).

2Kings

From 2Kings chapter 2 is there any significance to the fact that just before Elijah gave his mantle to Elisha and was taken by God, that they went from Gilgal to Bethel, to Jericho, and finally to Jordan, each time Elijah telling Elisha to wait for him?

A: The Gilgal here is not the well known Gilgal near Jericho, but the one between Tibneh and Shiloh (cf. 4:38). In this case, it was a circle. The instructions were a test for devotion and the passage of the power. He had been foreordained, from his anointing, to follow Elijah and to slay those that Jehu did not slay. His devotion shows his progression and identification, and then his receipt of power after the taking of Elijah in the chariot of God. At each point, Elisha was met by prophets and told that his master was to go that day. The effect of all this was to establish Elijah in the eyes of the prophets, and as the key prophet of God.

Would you please explain why 2Kings 25:8 and Jeremiah 52:12 both seem to be describing the same event but have different dates listed? The same question follows with Jehioachin’s release from prison in 2Kings 25:27 and Jer. 52:31.

A: The word in Kings is that he came “to” Jerusalem on the seventh day of the month. He set fire to the city. Jeremiah says he came “into” Jerusalem. This is a bit like the fall of Jerusalem to the Australians and British in December 1917. The attack went in on the seventh, and it was taken by the eighth, but Allenby did not enter until the Australians had secured it and the contingents were in place on the eleventh of the month. This aspect has been examined in the paper The Oracles of God (No. 184).

In the case of the release of Jehoiachin the order appears to have been given on the twenty-fifth day but not carried out until the twenty-seventh. The texts of 2Kings 25:27 in the Septuagint and the Syriac say “and brought him forth out of his prison”. The text in Jeremiah does not say that. Thus, we must deduce that he was ordered released and that he did not take his place at the king’s table for two days. This was probably to rehabilitate him.

Esther

Do you think Esther 9:13 is a prophecy of the 10 men being hung after the Nuremburg trials?

A: This is an interesting parallel but not necessarily prophecy. The Book of Esther is certainly not just a story about Judah 2,500 years ago. Haman was an Amalekite. Agag was killed by Samuel in front of Saul because Saul had let him live. That activity looked forward in prophecy.

The wars of the Amalekites look forward to the days of the end at the end of the forty Jubilees in the wilderness. They were carried out just before Israel went into the Promised Land. Israel was forty years in the Exodus and then fought the wars of the Amalekites. Israel was forty Jubilees in the wilderness and then fought the wars of the 20th century. The wars of the Fifth and Sixth Trumpets have still to be fought. Look at the papers The Seven Seals (No. 140) and The Seven Trumpets (No. 141).

Over that last period, from 1914 to the present, we have seen a drive for the defeat and extermination of Judah, and also of Israel. The Jews are not the Israelites. Judah is only one Tribe of Israel, and Levi is another while not all Levi is in Judah. The Holocaust was involved in the story of Esther and the hanging at Nuremburg was part of that story, but it has gone on for decades.

The Arab wars are also part of the process. Messiah will come to save those who eagerly await him. Judah will be converted in the last days at the very end. The explanation of the Story of Esther is in the paper Commentary on Esther (No. 63).

Job

Could you explain the significance of the fact that Job had 7 sons and three daughters? These numbers are repeated in that he had 7000 sheep and 3000 camels, 5000 oxen and 5000 she asses. These numbers must have important significance?

A: The round numbers 7, 3 and 5 are held to denote perfection and sufficiency according to Daath Mikra (cf. Soncino fn. to Job). This aspect also carried over into the function of the numbers in relation to the church. The seven spirits of God and the seven angels of the seven churches are accompanied by the three other candlesticks of Messiah and the two witnesses making the ten.

The seven churches have five only that are accounted worthy, and hence five is also the number of grace. The entire structure is one of plenty and sufficiency according to the purpose of God, yet these were allowed to be destroyed by Satan because they sinned. Look at the papers Symbolism of Numbers (No. 7) and Birthdays (No. 287).

The point is that of perfection removed through sin. Children are sanctified in their parents, but are killed through sin. God allows actions to be undertaken to test and deal with people in the faith. Job could not save his children because they were of age and they had taken up with a foreign religious system in the practices they were undertaking as Job knew, and hence the sacrifices.

This lesson is to the church and the nation. The nation is not protected in the birthright promises through idolatry. The Church is not protected in sin. Loss is made good also through faith and faithfulness. The break-up of the 5000 is through grace. The five and the five, wise and foolish virgins also are a consideration in the concept of the retention and loss of salvation.

Can you give me some insight on the book of Job? Was this Job also the Job mentioned in Genesis 46:13?

A: Yes, it is commonly accepted that Job is the son of Issachar mentioned in Genesis 46:13. It seems most probable that Job was in Midian and the friends seem to be Midianites. The work was most likely given to and written by Moses while he was in Midian, and formed the preparation for the Exodus and the writing of the Pentateuch. It may well have been the first book of the Bible written.

Psalms

Can you explain Psalm 82? Is the Psalm referring to the angelic host or the human elect?

A: The text refers to all the sons of God, both heavenly and human. He said he was a son of God and He quoted this Psalm in John 10:34-35 and said that Scripture cannot be broken. We are to all become elohim (cf. also Zech. 12:8). We are all to be sons of God and as elohim or gods. The text also speaks of the fallen host as judging unjustly (the poor here are the oppressed) as well because in 82:7 it says: “But you shall die like men and fall like one of the princes.” Thus, the unjust ones of the elohim are brought down to the pit and die like men and fall as any human prince. This theme is also taken up in Ezekiel 28 ff., and Isaiah 14.

In this text we are speaking of Messiah who stands as judge among the congregation of the elohim. 82:8 says, “Arise o elohim, judge thou the earth for thou shall inherit the nations.” This is Messiah, and the true version of Deuteronomy 32:8 (RSV) has Israel allotted to Yahovah as his inheritance when the nations were allotted to the sons of God. However, here all nations are part of the inheritance and so we see that all nations are to come into Israel and under Messiah. Thus, the entire host will come under Messiah as judge and king. Look also at the paper The City of God (No. 180).

Psalm 137 indicates that Israel’s captors required them to sing “one of the songs of Zion.” This seems like a strange request if you are conquering a people to ask them to remember their songs and the meanings of the song. Any ideas why this request of their captors?

A: The captives of Judah had been taken away, just as Israel had been taken away by the Assyrians under Shalmaneser in 722 BCE. The Babylonians were mocking them. The songs of Zion are the Psalms of the Lord. They were effectively saying, “Well, you were not protected by your God. Where is He now? Sing us a song to Him.” The purpose of captivity is to bring us to repentance and to a knowledge of the Lord God of Hosts. Each time we have fallen into the ways of the heathen we have been sent into captivity and that may well occur again very soon.

Proverbs

I have a question regarding the book of Proverbs, chapters 8 and 9. I’ve heard from people, that the wisdom in that book is Christ. Is that true? I always believed that it was talking about the Holy Spirit or one aspect of that Spirit. Some try to prove the eternal existence of Christ with that text. What is the correct answer? 

A: Wisdom is rendered here in the feminine and was understood as the “Sophia,” Greek for “wisdom.” The Holy Spirit is the function or power of God, which confers wisdom. Kings (and princes) reign in wisdom through it, as the text says in verses 15 and 16. The Lord possessed wisdom in the beginning, before His works of Old. The text says: “I was set up from everlasting from the beginning before ever the earth was.”

The Trinitarians cannot use this as a text for the co-eternality of Christ, as it clearly says that wisdom was set up from everlasting: from the beginning. Thus, wisdom is a creation of God, whether it was referring to Christ or the Holy Spirit.

The text that refers to Christ is in verse 30:

“Then I was by Him as one brought up with Him and I was daily His delight; Rejoicing always before Him. Rejoicing in the habitable parts of His world” (Heb: tebel ‘arez and tr. earth in the KJV: See Bullinger fn. to v. 31 Companion Bible).

Whosoever finds wisdom finds life and favour from the Lord. This is the Holy Spirit, which is being spoken of, as the cosmology of the Bible depends on this force of God tying all the sons of God together from their generation.

Thus, for Christ to be one with God, he needed the Holy Spirit to achieve that and thus, the Holy Spirit is logically prior to the unity of the Host. The fact that it was removed from the sons of God who rebelled reinforces that fact.

The comments in chapter 9 place wisdom as a female building her house. She has hewn out the seven pillars. She has killed her beasts, she has mingled her wine and she has sent forth her maidens. She is the Church. The Holy Spirit is the Church because without it, the Temple of God cannot exist. We are that Temple. We are the house of living stones that is the Temple of God. She is the bride of Christ. Her maidens are the elect of the marriage supper. The seven pillars are the angels of the Seven Churches and are the seven spirits of God.

One could say that the invitation to come eat my bread and the wine, which I have mingled, refers to Christ. But remember that John says clearly that Christ had to go to the Father who was his Father and our Father and his God and our God. When he returned to the Apostles he was able then to blow the spirit on them and say, “Receive the Holy Spirit” (Jn. 20:22). The text explains itself.

The Fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom, and the knowledge of the Holy Spirit is understanding. “For by me your days shall be multiplied and the years of your life shall be increased.” From Proverbs 9:13, we are given the example of the foolish woman, which is the false church under the false spirit set up by the fallen Host under Satan. It is referred to in the New Testament (cf. 1Tim 4:1-2).

There is no doubt we are speaking of two women here and one was with God from everlasting and is the woman that is the Church. The concepts are explained in the papers The Holy Spirit (No. 117); Consubstantial with the Father (No. 81)The Development of the Neo-Platonist Model (No. 17)How God Became a Family (No. 187) and The City of God (No. 180).

I once belonged to a church, which taught that the main message of Proverbs 31 is that women should be subservient to their husbands. While I do agree that the head of the woman is her husband, I am beginning to think that there is more to Proverbs 31. What would you say is the main message in that text? 

A: The king is Christ and the woman is the Church, and the Church is then comprised of men as heads of families, and women as the woman. The main message is that the church has to perform as a proverbs 31 woman at all times. The explanation of this text is given in the paper Proverbs 31 (No. 114). Too often the text is used by churches to silence women and deny their own responsibilities.

Ecclesiastes

Ecclesiastes 7:1 states “A good name is better than precious ointment; and the day of death than the day of one’s birth.” Could you explain why the day of death is better than the day of birth? This would seem to be the opposite of what most people would believe?

A: The celebration of birthdays is a pagan custom that came from the Babylonians. Look at the paper Birthdays (No. 287). The idea is carried on by the Satanists and the Stargazers, who use it as a fate determination and to elevate the individual above God and as a god. The Bible position forbids this view. Our destiny is to become sons of God. We await the resurrection of the dead so we can become sons of God in power through the Holy Spirit so God can become all in all (Eph. 4:6). Look at the papers The Soul (No. 92) and The Resurrection of the Dead (No. 143).

So, you’re saying that the day of one’s death is better than that of their birth because we are that much closer to the final destiny of mankind which is to be a son of God in power, as God becomes all in all? Interesting how Satan has deceived most of the world into celebrating their birthday while confusing them as to their destiny after the resurrection from the dead.

A: Yes, the Soul Doctrine and the invention of the great lies of Heaven and Hell are part of the deception of the false religious system he established.

PROPHETS

Isaiah

Does Pharaoh have symbolic meaning for the future exodus that is coming?

A: Sodom and Egypt are names for the nations under the demons. In this sense Pharaoh is a name for Satan, as is Tyre and Babylon. In the coming Exodus the demons under Satan will be bound. The Bible shows that Israel will march out of the north, hand in hand with Assyria, and a highway will be built from the north to Jerusalem and also from Egypt to Assyria (Isa 19:23). They shall all serve together, and Israel will be a third with them. They will all be blessed together by God and they will serve the Lord together from Jerusalem.

Isaiah walked naked and barefoot for three years as a sign to Egypt and Ethiopia that they would be taken captive, and the coast land would also be taken captive, naked and barefoot by the Assyrians (Isa. 20:3-6). In the final phase the breach will be healed and they will serve the Lord together at Jerusalem. Look at the paper Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272)Trumpets (No. 136)The Day of the Lord and the Last Days (No. 192); The Seven Trumpets (No 141) and The Millennium and the Rapture (No. 95).

Who is being spoken of here in Isaiah?

Isaiah 65:1-6  I am sought of them that asked not for me; I am found of them that sought me not: I said, Behold me, behold me, unto a nation that was not called by my name. 2 I have spread out my hands all the day unto a rebellious people, which walketh in a way that was not good, after their own thoughts; 3 A people that provoketh me to anger continually to my face; that sacrificeth in gardens, and burneth incense upon altars of brick; 4 Which remain among the graves, and lodge in the monuments, which eat swine’s flesh, and broth of abominable things is in their vessels; 5 Which say, Stand by thyself, come not near to me; for I am holier than thou. These are a smoke in my nose, a fire that burneth all the day. 6 Behold, it is written before me: I will not keep silence, but will recompense, even recompense into their bosom,

A: There are two groups here. One group represents the gentiles of the church who seek God and obey His commandments. The other represents the nation of Israel, and those who associate themselves with it – those who know God but eat swine flesh and other abominations and burn incense on their hewn and constructed altars contrary to God’s Law.

These are the false priests of the false religious system who destroy the commandments of God and lead the people astray. They set themselves apart as holy from the people they lead. God says these people are an abomination in His sight, a smoke in His nostrils. To fully understand the ramifications of the text, you have to know where the ten tribes of Israel are found. Israel is not the Jewish people, but Judah is one of the twelve tribes of Israel. There are elements of Judah, which also fall into this self-righteous mentality. It stems from the Pharisees and entered rabbinical Judaism from that source.

The movement of the Tribes and their location is discussed in the paper The Unitarian/Trinitarian Wars (No. 268)The identity of these false priests and what happens to them is also discussed in the paper The Messages of Revelation 14 (No. 270).

Isaiah 26:14; 43:17 and Jeremiah 51:57 are used by some to claim that there are many that will not be awakened from the dead. To whom are these verses referring? Was it from a certain time frame only?

A: The text in Isaiah 26:13-14 refers to the Rephaim, who have no resurrection. They are the Nephilim of Genesis 6:4. Their identities are examined in the paper The Nephilim (No. 154). Jeremiah 51:57 refers to the fall of Babylon and the death of the host who are with them. This is not the same as the Rephaim in Isaiah. These people are put to sleep and are dead. However, the matters are examined in the papers The Judgment of the Demons (No. 80) and The Resurrection of the Dead (No. 143).

What is meant by purifying themselves in the gardens behind one tree? Why the reference again to eating swine flesh? What’s the significance of the mouse? (Isa 66:17)

A: The structure of the Mystery cults was around the Asherah, which was often an oak tree. Isaiah 1:29 commences this sequence and we see it in the texts in 57:5; 65:3; and 66:17. It runs oaks, gardens, oak, garden in the sequence. These are the places of worship in the Mystery cults. The oak leaf is also condemned in 1:30. The Asherah was a phallus and it was often used with a phallic implement.

The cutting of mistletoe and the other items associated with the solstice are part of this festival. It is the basis of Christmas and Easter. In the depictions of the mystery cults in the Roman frescoes there was also a kid. This appears to be the origin of the Bible prohibition of the kid seethed in the milk of its mother. A phallic implement was also depicted and that is why the mysteries were also popular with the women. The fertility rites associated with these systems came in as the Christmas and Janus festivals. They then went on through the Carnival and Shrove to Ash Wednesday, and then Lent, and on into the Easter festivities. None of it is Christian, and that is what God is condemning here. Look at the paper The Origins of Christmas and Easter (No. 235).

The mouse is ‘akbar (SHD 5909 pr. ‘akbawr) as attacking and hence a mouse as nibbling. There are twenty-three members of the family Muridae in Palestine, and we are unsure of the exact species. There was a cultic practice of sacrificing and eating field mice, and Maimonedes preserves the tradition that it was carried out by the Harranians. Haran was the centre of the Babylonian Moon cult from 2000 BCE, and hence the centre of the mystery cults. It was a centre of Lunar paganism down until Christian Times. (cf. Interpreter’s Dictionary of the Bible, vol. 2, p. 524). They worshipped the Moon God, Sin, and the Triune system of the Mother goddess, and the Easter and sun system. This same system penetrated Christianity. Look also at the paper The Golden Calf (No. 222).

The real problem is that Israel will not repent of this evil. The English speaking people, and the European Aryans, are wedded to their iniquity and to these pagan festivals.

The entire civil calendar of the USA is based on the pagan days of Human Sacrifice. It is impossible for it to be a coincidence. The administration has to be influenced by paganism and witchcraft at their decision making levels. God will deal with these people very soon.

Jeremiah

Jeremiah 4:15ff. seems to infer a prophet in the end times warning the nations and condemning false religions etc. How will we know when this prophet is among us? Is there a time sequence for this prophet?

A: The text refers to the voice from Dan that publishes affliction from the mountains of Ephraim. Warn the nations that “He” is coming and beseigers or watchers come from a distant land. The term in this text is not the same as the Watchers elsewhere and thus may not refer to the heavenly host.

The text is corrupted in some Bibles because of its implications. The fact of the voice does not mean it is a single prophet but rather it is a warning issued in the last days concerning the coming of the Messiah and may be a work of many people of the church. It is however a specific warning. The question has been examined in the paper The Warning of the Last Days (No. 44).

Ezekiel

Ezekiel 46:20 seems to say that animal sacrifices will be performed again in the Kingdom? Could this be possible?

A: Yes, it does and they will be performed. The killing of animals will be for the festivals and systems of worship on the Sabbaths and New Moons. Zechariah 14:16-21 shows clearly also that there will be meat killed and eaten in Jerusalem and the pots shall be holy to the Lord. Look at the papers: The Millennium and the Rapture (No. 95); Vegetarianism and the Bible (No. 183); God’s Calendar (No. 156) and Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256).

 

We read in Ezekiel chapter 26 about the destruction of Tyre by Nebuchadnezzar. In verse 21 it says that Tyre shall be no more and never found again. Yet, in Matthew 15:21, we find Jesus going to Tyre. How can this be?

A: Tyre was taken by Nebuchadnezzar after a thirteen year siege (Isa. 23:1; Josephus. A of J, x, 11, 1; Contr. Apion, i, 20). The prophecy began to be fulfilled then. The prophecy covers a period of time and deals with it as a declaration.

The fate of Sidon was different. Tyre was destroyed and was a promontory in the sea and she was made as a bare rock. The garrisons or pillars are visible even today in the sea. The area was known at the time of Christ and the text of which you speak says he went into the parts or regions of Tyre and Sidon. It is rendered “coasts” in the KJV. The text in Ezekiel is concerned with the fallen host as well, and Tyre typifies Satan and we see that develop over the texts in Ezekiel 28. The text in chapter 29 then goes on to deal with Egypt and its fall. See the paper The Fall of Egypt The Prophecy of Pharaoh’s Broken Arms (No. 36).

Is there a reason in Ezekial’s Temple that there are carvings of a young lion’s face toward a palm tree and a man’s face toward the palm tree on the other side? 

A: Yes, there is a reason. The lion-headed and man-headed beings are the two living creatures around the throne of God. The palm tree represents Messiah, who was the tree Moses used to cleanse the waters at Meribah on the way to Sinai. In other words, we could not take of the Holy Spirit without Messiah.

The rebellion involved a third of the Host, but one area is only a quadrant thus, there had to be two quadrants involved in the rebellion. These are the manheaded and aeon systems. These two beings are to be replaced and the elohim, with Messiah, are listed in the Bible. They are Moses (Ex 7:1) and Abraham. The text that makes Abraham an elohim has been mistranslated so it is impossible to find except in the original Hebrew. Look at the papers The Government of God (No. 174)How God Became a Family (No. 187) and The Covenant of God (No. 152).

Most of the people that have entered Israel since the war do not keep God’s Law. How do you understand the following scripture?

Ezekiel 20:37-38  “I will make you pass under the rod, and I will let you go in by number. 38 I will purge out the rebels from among you, and those who transgress against me; I will bring them out of the land where they sojourn, but they shall not enter the land of Israel. Then you will know that I am the LORD.” (RSV)

A: The Jews are only a part of Israel. There are nations of the ten tribes still out there who are greater and mightier than the Jews. In the last days there will be a second Exodus. This Exodus will make the first one pale into insignificance. It is mentioned in Isaiah (66:18-23).

This period sees the First Resurrection and then the breaking of the nations at Armageddon. After that event, the nations will be required to give up their Israelites from among them and they will be returned under the rod, as was Israel in the first Exodus.

Some that have already returned will be sent away into captivity. These rebellious will also die in the wilderness. The only people who will return will be those who keep God’s Law either physically or spiritually. All others will be allowed to die in the wilderness. Each will pass under the rod of judgment.

Those nations, which do not obey and send their representatives to Jerusalem each year at the feast of Tabernacles, will be given no rain in due season. Those that attempt to get around the law by irrigation, such as in Egypt, will be destroyed by plagues (Zech. 14:16-19). Eventually everyone will keep the Commandments of God and the Feasts, New Moons and Sabbaths.

The people who argue that the Law was nailed to the “stauros” in Colossians 2:14 will simply die. There will be no further discussion. That is Scripture, and Scripture cannot be broken. Look also at the papers Measuring the Temple (No. 137) and Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256).

Daniel

Could you explain to me Daniel 7:23-27?

A: The fourth kingdom is the “legs of iron” of chapter 2. This empire was the Roman Empire. It followed the gold of Babylon and the silver of the Medes and Persians and the brass of the Greeks and the Hellenised system. It went on into the feet of iron and clay.

The feet referred to the Holy Roman Empire formed in 590 CE and which lasted until the revolutions in 1848 ending in 1850 and being confined in 1870. The ten kings did arise and form part of this system. They persecuted the saints over the 1260 years of the empire. They first subdued the ten tribes by intrigue and treason after the fall of the Parthian Empire and the move into Europe (see the paper The Unitarian/Trinitarian Wars (No. 268)).

The feet also had ten toes, which formed the structure of the Alcvin twins or the “Thing” of Europe: The Parliament of the Aryans. In the last days this union forms a beast. This entire structure is the system of Antichrist, yet it claims for itself the power of God and uses that charge against others. This system wore out the Saints of the Most High over the 1,260 years, and in the 20th century from WWI and the Holocaust to the end of WWII and the death of Stalin.

The system changed times and laws for its followers. The “three and a half times” of the 1,260 years is the same time as that in Revelation 12. The Church is pursued by the dragon, which tries to kill the seed of the woman. But the earth helped her and swallowed the Church so that it could not be identified and destroyed by this false religious system and the power of the dragon.

This system will establish a final empire for one hour, which will rule the world and then disaster will descend upon it. The kingdom will be given to the Saints in the final wars of the end. Soon Christ will come to save those who eagerly await him.

In Daniel 12:1-2 God tells us of a time when Michael stands up and there shall be a time of trouble unlike ever before. Then the Bible says: ‘at that time many that sleep in the dust of the earth will awake, some to everlasting life and some to everlasting contempt’. Which resurrection is this and what exactly does it mean to be raised to “everlasting contempt”?

A: This period is referring to the Day of the Lord and to the entire structure of the resurrection. The concept here of everlasting life means the restoration to the spiritual fold as sons of God. The words “everlasting” here are “owlam” (SHD 5769) meaning time out of mind or to the vanishing point from the concept of concealed.

The Hebrew word rendered “contempt” is actually two words, neither of which is confined to what we understand as contempt. The first one is SHD 2781 “cherpah,” meaning reproaches or shame. The second is “dera’own,” (SHD 1860)  meaning abhorring, and in this sense it is contempt.

The view is that individuals will face judgment. The shame and abhorrence one feels when sin is made known is a very serious matter. We are healed by grace and the love of God. That does not mean we do not face shame for what we have done ourselves, and many will endure that knowledge as spirit beings and know that other spirit beings also know their sin.

That is why forgiveness is so central to the love of God. If we cannot forgive others, how can we expect forgiveness and, most importantly, how can we deal with shame that comes from perfect knowledge as a spirit being? The details of these processes are explained in the papers: The Soul (No. 92); The Resurrection of the Dead (No. 143) and The City of God (No. 180).

In Daniel 2:43 there is a statement about the toes of the image that says that “they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.” My question is who are the “they” being spoken of here, and what is meant by not mingling themselves with the seed of men?

A: These ten kings are also spiritual powers as the sons of God from Deuteronomy 32:8 who were allocated the nations according to the number of the sons of God. There were two cherubim, Satan and the Aeon and ten others making the inner twelve elohim of the fallen host. This was then also extended to seventy in the original.

This is a reason why Deuteronomy 32:8 was changed after the fall of the temple and the Jewish Hebrew MT is incorrect. One of the few Bibles that has it right is the RSV. Another is the Roman Catholic New American Bible. Thus, the government is that of the Antichrist over the entire period of its existence. It is the image of the beast of the Holy Roman Empire and then the union of Europe in the last days. This union is given dominion over the whole world and Christ returns to destroy it.

The demons are not allowed to mingle with the seed of men as they did prior to the flood. That happens within the Sign of Jonah and the fortieth Jubilee. “Their days” means the end of the time of the fifth and sixth power. Look at the paper Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272).

Daniel 7:9-10 seems to refer to fire being at the throne of God. What is the symbolism of fire? There are so many items that come to mind: the burning bush, pillar of fire, walking on coals of fire, etc.

A: The fire is the spiritual power that issues from the Throne of God. As the Ancient of Days, He dwells in unapproachable light. No man has ever seen him, or can see Him. He alone is immortal (1Tim. 6:16). It is in this aspect, as the One True God and Creator, that He is seen as Judge of the Universe. He has given this power to Christ in judgment.

Fire is used to portray the spirits, and power of God, and also the demons that fell from grace before this throne. That is why the flame is so important in demonology, especially in the seats of its power, for example at Rome in the Temple of Vesta and among the curia.

In the book of Daniel, we read of the three friends of Daniel being thrown into the oven. Is there some kind of symbolism here, and if so what is it? Also, why three men and not say seven, or twelve?

A: The three friends were chosen with Daniel to show the captivity of Israel and its deliverance under persecution.

The Triune system is represented also in these three. They were taken by Babylon and given names of the Babylonian system and these three represent in their own way the elect called out under God’s protection. The Son of Man was sent to protect them. As Christ walks with these three in the furnace he walks with us now. The heat of the furnace has been raised and as it killed the guards there so it will kill the system in the last days.

There are so many references to lions in scripture. Do you have any idea why Daniel was thrown into a lion’s den versus some other kind of animal or other test?

A: Lions were the largest predators available to them in Mesopotamia. They used them for disciplinary reasons as far down as the Roman Empire. They did not feed them well so that they would tear their victims to death and eat them.

Many of God’s people were tested in this way and were torn apart by wild animals. Daniel had no way of knowing if God would protect him or not. The same was true in the furnace of fire. They said, “We do not know if God will save us or not, but we will not worship you.” In this case, the king pronounced his own judgment as he said, “Your God whom you continually serve, He will deliver you.” In this case, God did this as an example to the king.

The king was caught in his own laws. His decree could not be altered even though he knew he had been tricked into the plan to kill Daniel. The fact that King Astyages spent the night fasting for Daniel showed his respect, and God heard the prayers of the king. The people who sought to kill Daniel set the test.

The Bible position is this: “He who digs a pit for another, falls into it himself and catches himself in his own snare getting out” (Prov 26:27). These people were then killed and eaten by the same lions they sought to use to kill Daniel, as were their wives and children. This is a powerful lesson on the laws of God (see The Law of God (No. L1)).

Hosea

What is the meaning of the Door of Hope and valley of Achor in Hosea 2:15? 

A: “Achor” means, “trouble.” The Door of Hope is Christ who is the door of salvation. The valley of trouble becomes the door of hope. This text must be compared with Joshua 7:24-26. Israel was burdened through the idolatry of some among it and one, Achan was stoned to death. The Lord’s wrath was stilled in that day and the valley of Achor also became a valley of hope to those who trusted in God through the Messiah. Look also at the paper The Fall of Jericho (No. 142).

Hosea takes the story of Joshua onward to the end days, and the idolatry that has permeated Israel through the Baal-Easter system will be removed. Israel shall be restored and they will call Yahovah, “Ishi” and “Baali” no more. For He will remove the names of these idolatrous gods from among us.

Joel

Could you explain Joel 2:23 for me? Some Bibles translate “early rain” as “teacher of righteousness”. Does this refer to Jesus and/or someone else?

A: Joel 2:23 is a prophecy that concerns Messiah and the Holy Spirit. The rainfall system in Israel was sparse and they were placed there in Canaan so that they were in direct relationship with God. The blessing of the rain was indicative of that relationship. That was in direct contrast to Egypt that relied on flood irrigation. The crops of Barley and wheat are reliant on the rains to develop their root system and then to branch correctly. The latter rain is necessary to fill out the corn for harvest. But it must not be too late other wise the crop is blackened.

Thus, the latter rain falls early in the first month to enable the Wave Sheaf and the subsequent harvest to be fully developed. Christ was the Passover lamb, but He was also the Wave Sheaf offering at 9 a.m. on the Sunday Morning. This also began the count to Pentecost of fifty days occurring on the Sunday at 9 a.m. fifty days later.

When Christ was presented as the Wave Sheaf, on the Sunday morning after the resurrection the previous evening (see John 20:17), He told Mary Magdalene to go and tell the disciples that he was going to His Father and their Father, and His God and their God.

Later that same day before dark, He returned and spoke to the disciples and breathed on them the Holy Spirit. This was the sign that He had returned with the rain of the Holy Spirit. Now this latter rain aspect has a twofold meaning. He was the Messiah of two advents. This was the former rain of the planting as well as the Passover of the harvest. The Omer count had begun to the wheat harvest, which harvest we are.

The latter rain will come with the Restoration of all things spoken of by Malachi. That process is commencing to be implemented now. In a few years, the witnesses will be with us and then the nexus of the law will be restored. Then the Messiah will come. Thus the latter rain is the final pouring out of the Holy Spirit on all mankind. It will take a lot of hard knocks to get there however, as most of humanity seems dedicated to destroying itself and ignoring God.

Micah

What is the meaning of: I set before you Moses, Aaron, Miriam? What symbolism do these individuals have when we read scripture? (Mic. 6:4)

A: Moses, Aaron and Miriam were sent before Israel when they were brought up out of the land of Egypt. The symbolism here in Micah 6:4 is that The Lord is expressing His controversy with Israel. He asks where has He wearied Israel? What has He done to us? He asks us to testify against Him. He brought us out of Egypt and He gave us leaders, priests, and prophets as represented by these three. He does nothing except that he warns His people through His servants the prophets first.

He reminds Israel of what the Moabites under Balak wanted to do and how they wanted to use Balaam, son of Beor. However, God was righteous. He also says that He requires us to do justly, to love mercy, and to walk humbly with our God. The rich among us use wrong measures and rob from the poor. The rich are full of violence and the inhabitants of our cities speak lies and are full of deceit.

He will smite Israel for the statues of Omri and all the works of the house of Ahab who served Baal-Easter. For this He will make us a desolation and a reproach. Israel still worships the Easter goddess to this very day. They are filled with the servants of Baal-Easter and the Khemarim, or black cassocked priests, who worship the sun cults and Easter. Their laws are not based on the law of God and they are changing them daily to this false European system. The inhabitants of the city are being spoken to in rebuke.

Chapter 5 speaks of the Messiah and His establishment of Israel. Chapter 6 deals with his rebuke of Israel. In this entire process, we see a span of 2000 years or forty jubilees. Messiah came, and Judah was given 40 years to repent but did not, and they were destroyed. The church was sent into the wilderness for forty jubilees, and a new order of Melchisedek was established. Messiah was at its head. In this period of time, Israel was given its birthright and will be brought to subjection before its God, and then the nations will be brought into it.

This period is covered in the paper Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272)The papers Measuring the Temple (No. 137) and The Messages of Revelation 14 (No. 270) are also important to understanding what is happening.

Would you please explain the meaning of Micah 5:5. Who are the 7 shepherds and 8 leaders of men?

A: Micah 5:2-3 refers to Messiah and the meaning of that text is covered in the paper Micah 5:2-3 (No. 121)The text in Micah 5:5 refers to the invasion of the nation of Israel in the last days by Assyria.  Isaiah 5:3 refers to the Church, which Christ has given up to the world until she has brought forth those of the elect who were predestined. Then, the remnant of Christ’s brethren shall be returned unto the children of Israel, which is also the Church.

At that time of the end, there will be a great tribulation and Messiah shall return to save those who eagerly await him. He shall stand in Israel as the great shepherd of Israel. The term feed means to tend as the flock.

Compare the following verses with this verse. Psalm 80:1; Jeremiah 31:10; Ezekiel 34:23; and importantly Genesis 49:24. He shall be great refers also to Psalm. 22:27; 72:8; 98:1; Isaiah 49:5,7; 52:13; Zechariah 9:10. The Hebrew regarding the Assyrian is emphatic. The terms regarding “When he shall tread in our palaces” can be compared with Isaiah 7:20; 8:7-10; 37:31-36;

The sequence as to what follows can also be compared with Isaiah 44:28; 59:19; Zechariah 1:18-21; 9:13; 10:3; 12:6. In the last days, the Israelite nations will be so weakened by treason from within and apostasy, that the Assyrian people will enter Israel. They will then turn to Messiah in repentance.

In the sequence that follows, there will be raised seven shepherds and eight principal men. This sequence is yet to be fulfilled. The concept of seven shepherds is akin to the seven angels of the seven churches. The eight principal men are akin to the judges in Israel as war leaders. The exact nature of this prophecy has not yet been revealed.

The time frame would indicate that this will occur probably in the next ten years. Seven nations under Ephraim will be galvanised with the eighth of Manasseh. The European system will again commence the war — WWIII. This time the English-speaking people will be destroyed by treason from within, through the agency of this European system. They will fight on their own soil for their very survival.

Messiah will return and the nations will be brought to repentance through their own almost total annihilation. Zechariah 2:8-13 shows that Yahovah of Hosts sends Yahovah to Jerusalem in the last days, and Messiah shall stand there to protect it. Judah will be restored in the last days, as will Jerusalem.

Isaiah shows that after this, Assyria and Israel will come hand in hand out of the north. In other words, Assyria will be brought to repentance as well. Have a look at the process in the papers Measuring the Temple (No. 137) and Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272).

The text in Micah 5:7-8 shows that the remnant of Jacob shall be mighty as a young lion among the Gentiles at that time. There is a distinction between the land of Assyria and the Land of Nimrod in this text (cf. Gen. 10:8-10). The entrances mean the passes of the land of Nimrod.

In other words, we will be cleaned of apostasy and weakness through our tribulation and the saving strength of Messiah. In the last days, we will have gone through the process of weakening and strengthening. Manasseh fed of Ephraim, and now Ephraim must feed of Manasseh, but at the end time both will feed of Judah under Messiah.

Zechariah

When do you think this prophecy of Zechariah 14 will come to pass?

Zechariah 14:16-19  And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the LORD of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.17 And it shall be, that whoso will not come up of all the families of the earth unto Jerusalem to worship the King, the LORD of hosts, even upon them shall be no rain. 18 And if the family of Egypt go not up, and come not, that have no rain; there shall be the plague, wherewith the LORD will smite the heathen that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles.19 This shall be the punishment of Egypt, and the punishment of all nations that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles.

A: After the return of the Messiah, the armies of the nations will be brought down to Armageddon and subjugated. Then the Second Great Exodus will occur. The system of the millennial structure will be set up at Jerusalem and the Law of God will emanate from there. All nations will be required to keep the Holy Days of the Bible (cf. Isa. 66:23) and send their representatives to Jerusalem for the Feast of Tabernacles and especially for the Reading of the Law in the seventh year. If they do not go up to Jerusalem every year, that nation will receive no rain and suffer the plagues of Egypt. This will take effect from the 121st Jubilee, which is the 41st since Messiah, and the 50th since the Restoration under Ezra and Nehemiah and the issue of what became the finalisation of the canon of Scripture, which we term the Old Testament. Look at the papers Outline Timetable of the Age (No. 272and Reading the Law with Ezra and Nehemiah (No. 250). This is Scripture and Scripture cannot be broken. The cosmology of the Roman Catholic Church is borrowed from the pagans and Gnostics and has completely negated the doctrines of the original Church through their introduced traditions.

God’s Calendar

In some literature, there is reference to blowing a trumpet on the full moon. In searching the Strong’s Concordance, I cannot find the term “Full Moon” mentioned even one time. Do we ever need to determine when the full moon happens?

A: No, it is not mentioned but some try to make Psalm 81:3 say “full moon” when it is the “new moon” of Abib or the new year in Abib or Nisan that is meant as the solemn New Year feast of the First Moon. It is a New Moon. If the New Moon is correctly determined according to the conjunction, then the feasts will fall correctly anyway.

The Feasts are centred on and determined from the New Moons according to the conjunction. These aspects are discussed in the papers: The Moon and the New Year (No. 213) and God’s Calendar (No. 156)Some fall on the full moon but all are determined from the New Moon. The full moon has significance for paganism and non-biblical cults.

Due to the passage at Joshua 10:13 where it is said that the moon stood still for about a day, some have said that time has been lost and that we cannot determine the exact days that God set aside for worship. Does this fact cause any calendar concerns for us today?

A: There are a number of miracles in connection with the sun and the moon. 2Kings 20:11 and Isaiah 38:8 also show that the sun went backwards. Amos 8:9 says it went down at noon. Isaiah 60:20 mentions “no more going down.” It is darkened in Isaiah 13:10; Ezekiel 32:7; Joel 2:10:31; 3:15 and Matthew 24:29; Revelation 6:12; 8:12; 9:2; 16:8.

This miracle is to be performed again (Luke 23:44,45). Psalm 19:4-6 deals with the motion. The important thing to note is that at no time was it ever suggested by any of God prophets that the times had been lost or the days misplaced. The entire Temple period was regulated according to the Calendar and there was never any suggestion, from Joshua to the close of the Temple, that the Sabbath and other days had been misplaced. Christ was silent on the matter and kept the entire Temple calendar.

If a day had been lost, then He was presented as the Wave Sheaf on the wrong day and there are no firstfruits. There has never been any suggestion that the Sabbath is misplaced except for a few uninformed Protestants who try to make Sunday the Sabbath. An equally uninformed group in Islam are trying to make the sixth day of the week the Sabbath using exactly the same arguments as the Protestants do for Sunday.

You have commented on the number seven being significant. Is there any correlation of the 7 days of the week to God’s plan?

A: Yes, the number 7 is the symbol of perfect spiritual completion and it relates to the entire creation. The seven days of the week are also of that complete creation. The Seventh Day Sabbath is part of the Plan of God, as a perfect “Sabbaton” or week made complete by the reconciliation to God in the last day, which is the Sabbath. The Hebrews and Arabs always had the week ending on the Sabbath.

The seven-day week came into the Roman system from the Egyptians. The Babylonians began the corruption of the week with the seventh day being determined from the New Moon instead of being independent from it (cf. ERE, vol. 3, p. 63). Look also at the paper God’s Calendar (No. 156).

Jubilee

What is a Jubilee, and what if anything is its significance? 

A: The Jubilee is the key cycle of fifty years in the calendar and the Law of God. The Jubilee determines the cycles of the tithe and of land ownership and control. It ensures freedom from oppression and slavery.

The Jubilee is a cycle of fifty years with the Jubilee year as the fiftieth year, but starting in the forty-ninth year with Atonement and lasting until Atonement in the Fiftieth. The Jubilee is blown at Atonement. The Law is read in the seventh year of the cycle and also with the Jubilee when all lands are returned to the lines of owners in the tribes. From the day after the Last Great Day at the end of Tabernacles the lands are then worked. That is so the harvest is ready again for the barley harvest at Passover and the Wave Sheaf Ceremony in Unleavened Bread. Look at the papers Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256); God’s Calendar (No. 156); Reading the Law with Ezra and Nehemiah (No. 250) and Tithing (No. 161).

 

We’ve learned that there are 7-year time cycles similar to the 7-day week and that the 7th year of each cycle is like the 7th day Sabbath where there is a rest. Then after 7 of these cycles, or at 7 X 7 (49) there is a special rest year called a Jubilee. How is the Jubilee year counted then? It would not start the next cycle as year 1 would it?

A: The Jubilee is counted as an eighth year of the cycle. It runs from Atonement of the Sabbath year to Atonement of the Jubilee year unlike normal years. This is so the restoration of lands can be made and the new holders can commence ploughing and sowing for the harvest at the Passover of the next and first year of the new Sabbath and Jubilee cycle. The cycle of the Jubilee is covered in the papers: God’s Calendar (No. 156); Tithing (No. 161) and Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256).

The Jubilee seems to be “blown” on Atonement (Lev. 25:9) and I assume this is a special observance during that particular 8th year. If it actually begins with Atonement then into which year do the first 7 months fall that occur just after the last day of the previous 7th year? Is it an extension of the 7th year or is this space of time not counted at all until Atonement? Could it be that the Jubilee functions start at Atonement and then extend partly into this New First Year?

A: In the 48th year of the jubilee cycle, which is the Sixth year of the Seventh Sabbath cycle, God gives a treble harvest. The next year in which this occurs will be 2025. The Sabbath year of the cycle starts at 1 Abib, like all normal years. From Trumpets the reading of the law is prepared, as we saw in the restoration of Ezra and Nehemiah. The Jubilee year commences from Atonement in the Sabbath year and continues until Atonement in the Jubilee year. At Tabernacles of that Sabbath year, the Law is read and the Jubilee festivities and the rest accorded to the lands and trees occurs.

From the blowing of Atonement in the jubilee year, all lands revert to their owners. Only the houses in towns can be sold in perpetuity. After the Last Great Day following Tabernacles all the restoration is put in place. This is termed the eighth year for the purposes of calculation. This period of five months is used for ploughing and sowing so that the first harvest can occur in the month of Abib of the first year of the new cycle. Look at the papers: Tithing (No. 161)Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256); Reading the Law with Ezra and Nehemiah (No. 250) and God’s Calendar (No. 156).

In a previous question it was said the Jubilee year is from Atonement to the next Atonement or in the fall of the year. Stored crops are eaten and there is no planting or tithe paying. What happens to the next five months and are they in the 50th or the 1st year of the next cycle?

A: The Bible says that they were in the eighth year of the cycle, which is the Jubilee year. However, the actual Jubilee itself is blown from Atonement to Atonement, which is why there is a treble harvest year in the 48th year of the Jubilee cycle, to enable this extended period of rest. The preparation for the harvests must be undertaken after the Last Great Day of the Feast cycle in the Seventh month, and so that period is normal for agricultural purposes. The structure is examined in the papers Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256) and Tithing (No. 161).

When does the Jubilee end? Are there different jubilees for different kinds of people?

A: There is only one true jubilee–the jubilee of the Bible. It is fifty years in duration and consists of seven seven-year cycles with the fiftieth year as the jubilee. The jubilee is also called the Acceptable Year of the Lord and was declared by Christ in 27 CE, the year he was baptised by John. The determination of the jubilee year is made from a number of Bible references. Look at the paper Law and the Fourth Commandment (No. 256).

The jubilees occur in the years 27 and 77 of each century of the current era, and the years 24 and 74 BCE. The reading of the Law occurs at each Sabbath year and in each jubilee. The jubilee is declared or blown from Atonement of the Sabbath to Atonement of the Jubilee year. Look at the paper Reading the Law with Ezra and Nehemiah (No. 250).

In that year, all lands are to be restored and the jubilee acts as an eighth year of the cycle. From the end of the Last Great Day of the Feasts of Tabernacles, the lands are ploughed and sown for the Harvests of the next year in Abib and through to the Wheat Harvest at Pentecost.

New Years day begins on 1 Abib approximating March of the Pagan Roman Calendar. This is explained in the paper The Moon and the New Year (No. 213). The calendar is set by God from Creation and is essential for the correct system of worship. Look at God’s Calendar (No. 156)The year 2000 is an invention of man and is not a jubilee year. Look at the paper The Significance of the Year 2000 (No. 286).

Feasts

We are told to keep the holy days of YHVH-where He places His Name. In this world today with all the confusion in the churches how can we really know where He places His name for His feasts?

A: Finding a place where Yahovah has placed His name is the same commandment to discern the body of Christ for the Passover. We are all commanded to discern the body of Christ in order to take the Lord’s Supper and Passover sequence with that body. To do that we normally examine which church is faithfully adhering to the doctrines of the Original Church of God. In the past, that has been fairly easy as we have normally been underground and persecuted but faithful to the truth.

The Doctrine of the nature of God was readily understood, and Christ was understood to be the Great Angel of the Old Testament who gave the Law to Moses and was never confused with the One True God. This century the Hillel Calendar was introduced from Judaism in some branches, which has made it even more diverse.

The task is fairly simple on the face of it. You have to find the people on the planet doing what the Church has done for two thousand years; keeping the original Calendar with all the Sabbaths and Feasts (including the Wave Sheaf service and New Moons) and worshipping the one True God in the name of His Son, Jesus Christ.

Once you have found them, you have found the place where God has placed his hand and where Christ will be for the Feast. Nothing has changed — there are just more errors and confusion in the last days. The work by Samuel Kohn, Sabbatarians in Transylvania will show you what the church was doing at the Reformation in Europe. We are still doing the same thing.

If the men of Israel were to go to Judea at least 3 times a year, on Passover, Tabernacles, and First Fruits, and now Jesus is our Passover and Pentecost is our First Fruits, that leaves Tabernacles as the required Feast right? Why do we have a weekly Service to hear the word? What did the men of Israel do the rest of the year? We should only have to go to services 2 or 3 times a year.

A: The commanded assemblies of God are in Leviticus 23 and the New Moons in Numbers 10. The Sabbath is the first commanded assembly and feast of the Lord. Thus, it precedes the others and all the commanded assemblies of God flow from this text and the Fourth commandment. The New Testament church had to keep Pentecost at the right place and time together otherwise the Holy Spirit would not have come upon them. The weekly Sabbath was kept by the New Testament church; and so were the New Moons. They also kept Passover and Unleavened Bread, the Wave Sheaf, which is the first of the First Fruits, Pentecost, Trumpets, Atonement, Tabernacles and the Last Great Day. Acts shows they kept the feasts. Colossians 2:16 shows they kept the Sabbath, New Moons and Feasts and were not to let anyone judge them in how they kept them.

The Bible is quite clear, Christ will enforce the Sabbaths, New Moons and Feasts when He returns, and if you do not keep them you will die of starvation or the plagues of Egypt (Isa. 66:23; Zech. 14:16-19). The Witnesses will be the first to address this issue when they get here and Elijah restores the Nexus of the Law and restores all things. Then all debates are over.

What exactly is the ‘fat of the feast’ mentioned in Exodus 23:18?

A: The fat of the feast in this context is the same as that used for the command to eat the fat and drink the sweet in the Restoration of Ezra and Nehemiah (Neh. 8:10). It has nothing to do with the consumption of, or usage of animal fat. It is the concept of the fat and sweet of the feast being distributed, and the offerings taken as soon as the feast is commenced. Thus, the Levites and the poor can eat.

That is why there are only three offerings, one at the beginning of each feast season. The Second Tithe is also used for this activity as we see by Nehemiah’s command on the Day of Trumpets. The fat of the feast, the offerings, are not to remain until the morning. In other words, they are to be collected and used, being distributed to the poor so that they may also enjoy the feast in a timely manner.

Pentecost

What day is Pentecost?

Many Christian churches, that observe God’s holy days, calculate the day of Pentecost by counting fifty days from the day after the weekly Sabbath that falls within the days of Unleavened Bread. This is the Wave Sheaf Offering (Sunday) which commences the countdown to Pentecost (Lev 23:15-17).

The early church kept Pentecost on a Sunday. Only the Jews kept a Sivan 6 and only after the Temple was destroyed. See the paper The Wave Sheaf Offering (No. 106b).

What is the meaning of Shavuot?

A: Note: Shavuot = Feast of Weeks or Pentecost.

“Unlike all the other Holidays in the Tanach [Hebrew Scriptures], the Feast of Weeks is not given a fixed calendar date but instead we are commanded to celebrate it at the end of a 50-day period known as “The Counting of the Omer” (Shavuot being the 50th day). The commencement of this 50-day period is marked by the bringing of the Omer Offering in the Temple as we read, “And you shall count from the morrow after the Sabbath from the day you bring the Omer [Sheaf] of Waving; seven complete Sabbaths shall you count… until the morrow of the seventh Sabbath you will count fifty days… and you shall proclaim on this very day, it shall be a holy convocation for you ” (Lev 23,15-16.21).”

In late Second Temple times a debate arose between the Boethusians and the Pharisees about whether the “morrow after the Sabbath” [Heb. Mimohorat Ha-Shabbat] refers to the Sunday during Hag HaMatzot [Feast of Unleavened Bread] or the second day of Hag HaMatzot (i.e. the 16th of Nissan). Like the Boethusians and Ancient Israelites before them, the Karaites count the 50 days of the Omer from the Sunday during Hag HaMatzot [Unleavened Bread] and consequently always celebrate Shavuot on a Sunday.”

The quotation above is taken from the Karaite Jews:

www.karaite-korner.org/shavuot.shtml

The Karaite Jews follow the Judaism of the Sadducees. It doesn’t matter that Paul was a Pharisee; it was the Sadducees who were in control of the Temple. The explanation of the Karaites also follows the Church and the Ancient Temple system as well as the Samaritans.

Trumpets

I read the paper Trumpets (No. 136). I see that trumpets were blown at this commanded assembly. Were trumpets blown at other times as well?

A: Yes, they were. The trumpets were blown on New Moons and feasts in various forms. It is a good exercise to look up “trumpets” in Strongs and then look at when they were commanded. Also look at the papers God’s Calendar (No. 156); The Holy Days of God (No. 97) and The Moon and the New Year (No. 213).

Should the Feast of Trumpets be called the Feast of Shofar or Yom Teruah, Day of Blowing? Using The Interlinear Bible (Hebrew, Greek, English)

A: Leviticus 23:24 (Hebrew) In the month seventh, on the first of the month (2320) shall be to you a Sabbath (7677) (Sabbathown) reminder (2146) SIGNALLED (8643) a gathering (4744) holy (6944)

Leviticus 23:24 (English) In the seventh month, on the first of the month, you shall have a Sabbath, a Memorable Acclamation, a holy gathering.

Numbers 29:1(Hebrew) And in month the seventh, on the first of the month, a convocation holy shall be to you any work of service not shall you do; A DAY (yom) OF BLOWING (8643) [the trumpet] (included, but no Hebrew word or number for it) it shall be to you. 8643 Teruah (Teruwah) a type of blowing. 8643 comes from 7321, split the ear, blow an alarm, shout. Cry (alarm, aloud, out) destroy, make a joyful noise, smart, shout sound an alarm, triumph.

I am finding the use of the word Trumpet is mostly translated as Ram’s Horn in the Interlinear Bible…the shofar. Trumpets…. 2689 Shofar…7782. Is the Shofar as well as the Silver Trumpet to be blown? Is the blowing…..the sounding of the alarm to awaken us to the coming events of Atonement and Tabernacles?

A: Trumpets is a New Moon. The sound of the ram’s horn is heard by those keeping the New Moons. The Day of Trumpets is a traditional term applied to the festival. It is also a New Moon and so the double sacrifices were applied to this day and also the New Moon instruction. 3117 is prior to 8643 in Numbers 29:1 and Green translates this as “a day of blowing of the trumpets.” We say Day of Atonement or Yom Kippur but, as we are English speakers, we say Day of Atonement more often and it conveys meaning to us. The word “teruwah” means a “clamour” or “acclamation” or “battle cry” and especially of the clangour of trumpets as an alarm. The word carries with it the implicit meaning of raising an alarm as a battle sound of trumpets. The use of trumpets occurs elsewhere in Numbers.

In dealing with Trumpets we must always bear in mind that it is a double Holy Day and the New Moon activities are also carried out. Look at the papers God’s Calendar (No. 156); The New Moons (No. 125); The Holy Days of God (No. 97) and Trumpets (No. 136).

Many times I’ve heard of Trumpets or the beginning of the 7th month as being celebrated as the Jewish New Year. I am wondering if this could be true and whether the Jews have always had this for their New Year?

A: The Day of Trumpets has always been celebrated in the Temple Calendar, but it was not the New Year under the Temple system. According to the Mishnah, we see it intruding in as a New Year, beside the New Year of 1 Abib or the First Month. The festival of Rosh Hashanah, which modern Jews keep, did not enter Judaism until the Third century of the current era. Rabbi Samuel Kohn makes this comment as proof of Jewish influence on a Sabbatarian sect in Europe after the Reformation. This is contained in the work Sabbatarians in Transylvania, CCG Publishing, 1998 which is available from the CCG offices in USA and Australia.

The effect of the Hillel Calendar of 358 was calculated to enshrine the postponement system in the Jewish calendar. It effectively made the Babylonian New Year the means of determining the beginning of the year and effectively moved the New Year, and hence all the Holy Days, out by one or two days. Consequently, Judaism rarely keeps the true calendar. Look at the papers God’s Calendar (No. 156)The Moon and the New Year (No. 213) and The Calendar and the Moon: Postponements or Festivals? (No. 195).

Atonement

Since every word of God is given for a reason what is the meaning of the Day of Atonement from Leviticus 23:27 and following?

A: Atonement points toward the reconciliation of the Nation and the planet to God in Messiah. The Azazel goat, being placed in the wilderness, is the symbol of binding Satan for the millennial system. This aspect is covered in the paper Azazel and Atonement (No. 214). The High Priest firstly performs his duties in linen symbolising the priest Messiah of the First Advent. After the atonement is undertaken, the High Priest then changes into the royal garments of the High Priest symbolising the King Messiah at the return of the Messiah and in the Second Advent. Look also at the paper Atonement (No. 138).

It appears that Messiah paid the tribute tax on Atonement from this text (Ex 30:11-16). If that is correct is it because he kept the entire law, which required it to be paid even though he was to be the ransom, atonement, kaphar?

A: Yes, this was the didrachma or half shekel tax of Exodus 30:11-16. It is shown here that we are free but, so as not to cause offence and break the law before his death and atonement, the tax was collected in this way to show us that he paid it for us. This text shows we are forbidden to take up a collection on Atonement as it is an affront to the atoning sacrifice of Messiah. Only three offerings a year are authorised under the law.

Regarding Exodus 30:13 “This is what everyone who is numbered shall give: half a shekel according to the shekel of the sanctuary (the shekel is twenty gerahs), half a shekel as a contribution to the Lord.” Does this mean the person gave a full shekel and 1/2 shekel went to maintaining the sanctuary and the other 1/2 shekel was a heave offering to the Lord?

A: No, only one half shekel was given in this tax. It was reduced to a third of a shekel under the Babylonian captivity as the shekel then was thirty gerahs according to their system of weights and measures. This tax pointed towards the Salvation of Messiah who paid our tax for us as an atoning sacrifice. That is why it is forbidden to take up a collection on Atonement in any Church. It is a census tax under ancient Israel and hence, forbidden to Judah as well and it was paid by Christ and hence forbidden to Christians as well. The early Church kept this day as we see from Acts 27:9.